# HG changeset patch # User cli # Date 1283096638 -7200 # Node ID c404a87db5b7483e418e175170066fd01faebf40 # Parent ed84c8bdd87b32c4e8a75b894a8a5f62cb9c9fee Add some checks to prevent #13 happen. diff -r ed84c8bdd87b -r c404a87db5b7 RFC3977 --- a/RFC3977 Sun Aug 29 17:28:58 2010 +0200 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,6998 +0,0 @@ - -Network Working Group C. Feather -Request for Comments: 3977 THUS plc -Obsoletes: 977 October 2006 -Updates: 2980 -Category: Standards Track - - - Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) - -Status of This Memo - - This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the - Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for - improvements. Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet - Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state - and status of this protocol. Distribution of this memo is unlimited. - -Copyright Notice - - Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2006). - -Abstract - - The Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) has been in use in the - Internet for a decade, and remains one of the most popular protocols - (by volume) in use today. This document is a replacement for - RFC 977, and officially updates the protocol specification. It - clarifies some vagueness in RFC 977, includes some new base - functionality, and provides a specific mechanism to add standardized - extensions to NNTP. - -Table of Contents - - 1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1.1. Author's Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 2. Notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 3. Basic Concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 3.1. Commands and Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 3.1.1. Multi-line Data Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 3.2. Response Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 3.2.1. Generic Response Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 3.2.1.1. Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 3.3. Capabilities and Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 - 3.3.1. Capability Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 - 3.3.2. Standard Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 - 3.3.3. Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 - 3.3.4. Initial IANA Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 - 3.4. Mandatory and Optional Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 1] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - 3.4.1. Reading and Transit Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 - 3.4.2. Mode Switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 - 3.5. Pipelining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 - 3.5.1. Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 - 3.6. Articles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 - 4. The WILDMAT Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 - 4.1. Wildmat Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 - 4.2. Wildmat Semantics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 - 4.3. Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 - 4.4. Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 - 5. Session Administration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 - 5.1. Initial Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 - 5.2. CAPABILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 - 5.3. MODE READER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 - 5.4. QUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 - 6. Article Posting and Retrieval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 - 6.1. Group and Article Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 - 6.1.1. GROUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 - 6.1.2. LISTGROUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 - 6.1.3. LAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 - 6.1.4. NEXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 - 6.2. Retrieval of Articles and Article Sections . . . . . . . 45 - 6.2.1. ARTICLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 - 6.2.2. HEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 - 6.2.3. BODY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 - 6.2.4. STAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 - 6.3. Article Posting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 - 6.3.1. POST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 - 6.3.2. IHAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 - 7. Information Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 - 7.1. DATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 - 7.2. HELP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 - 7.3. NEWGROUPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 - 7.4. NEWNEWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 - 7.5. Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 - 7.5.1. Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 - 7.6. The LIST Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 - 7.6.1. LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 - 7.6.2. Standard LIST Keywords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 - 7.6.3. LIST ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 - 7.6.4. LIST ACTIVE.TIMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 - 7.6.5. LIST DISTRIB.PATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 - 7.6.6. LIST NEWSGROUPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 - 8. Article Field Access Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 - 8.1. Article Metadata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 - 8.1.1. The :bytes Metadata Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 - 8.1.2. The :lines Metadata Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 - 8.2. Database Consistency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 2] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - 8.3. OVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 - 8.4. LIST OVERVIEW.FMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 - 8.5. HDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 - 8.6. LIST HEADERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 - 9. Augmented BNF Syntax for NNTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 - 9.1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 - 9.2. Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 - 9.3. Command Continuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 - 9.4. Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 - 9.4.1. Generic Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 - 9.4.2. Initial Response Line Contents . . . . . . . . . . . 94 - 9.4.3. Multi-line Response Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 - 9.5. Capability Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 - 9.6. LIST Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 - 9.7. Articles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 - 9.8. General Non-terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 - 9.9. Extensions and Validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 - 10. Internationalisation Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 - 10.1. Introduction and Historical Situation . . . . . . . . . .100 - 10.2. This Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 - 10.3. Outstanding Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 - 11. IANA Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 - 12. Security Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 - 12.1. Personal and Proprietary Information . . . . . . . . . .104 - 12.2. Abuse of Server Log Information . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 - 12.3. Weak Authentication and Access Control . . . . . . . . .104 - 12.4. DNS Spoofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 - 12.5. UTF-8 Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 - 12.6. Caching of Capability Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 - 13. Acknowledgements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 - 14. References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 - 14.1. Normative References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 - 14.2. Informative References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 - A. Interaction with Other Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .112 - A.1. Header Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 - A.2. Message-IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 - A.3. Article Posting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 - B. Summary of Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 - C. Summary of Response Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 - D. Changes from RFC 977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 - -1. Introduction - - This document specifies the Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP), - which is used for the distribution, inquiry, retrieval, and posting - of Netnews articles using a reliable stream-based mechanism. For - news-reading clients, NNTP enables retrieval of news articles that - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 3] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - are stored in a central database, giving subscribers the ability to - select only those articles they wish to read. - - The Netnews model provides for indexing, cross-referencing, and - expiration of aged messages. NNTP is designed for efficient - transmission of Netnews articles over a reliable full duplex - communication channel. - - Although the protocol specification in this document is largely - compatible with the version specified in RFC 977 [RFC977], a number - of changes are summarised in Appendix D. In particular: - - o the default character set is changed from US-ASCII [ANSI1986] to - UTF-8 [RFC3629] (note that US-ASCII is a subset of UTF-8); - - o a number of commands that were optional in RFC 977 or that have - been taken from RFC 2980 [RFC2980] are now mandatory; and - - o a CAPABILITIES command has been added to allow clients to - determine what functionality is available from a server. - - The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT", - "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in this - document are to be interpreted as described in RFC 2119 [RFC2119]. - - An implementation is not compliant if it fails to satisfy one or more - of the MUST requirements for this protocol. An implementation that - satisfies all the MUST and all the SHOULD requirements for its - protocols is said to be "unconditionally compliant"; one that - satisfies all the MUST requirements but not all the SHOULD - requirements for NNTP is said to be "conditionally compliant". - - For the remainder of this document, the terms "client" and "client - host" refer to a host making use of the NNTP service, while the terms - "server" and "server host" refer to a host that offers the NNTP - service. - -1.1. Author's Note - - This document is written in XML using an NNTP-specific DTD. Custom - software is used to convert this to RFC 2629 [RFC2629] format, and - then the public "xml2rfc" package to further reduce this to text, - nroff source, and HTML. - - No perl was used in producing this document. - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 4] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -2. Notation - - The following notational conventions are used in this document. - - UPPERCASE indicates literal text to be included in the - command. - - lowercase indicates a token described elsewhere. - - [brackets] indicate that the enclosed material is optional. - - elliptical indicates that the argument may be repeated any - ... marks number of times (it must occur at least once). - - vertical|bar indicates a choice of two mutually exclusive - arguments (exactly one must be provided). - - The name "message-id" for a command or response argument indicates - that it is the message-id of an article as described in Section 3.6, - including the angle brackets. - - The name "wildmat" for an argument indicates that it is a wildmat as - defined in Section 4. If the argument does not meet the requirements - of that section (for example, if it does not fit the grammar of - Section 4.1), the NNTP server MAY place some interpretation on it - (not specified by this document) or otherwise MUST treat it as a - syntax error. - - Responses for each command will be described in tables listing the - required format of a response followed by the meaning that should be - ascribed to that response. - - The terms "NUL", "TAB", "LF", "CR, and "space" refer to the octets - %x00, %x09, %x0A, %x0D, and %x20, respectively (that is, the octets - with those codes in US-ASCII [ANSI1986] and thus in UTF-8 [RFC3629]). - The term "CRLF" or "CRLF pair" means the sequence CR immediately - followed by LF (that is, %x0D.0A). A "printable US-ASCII character" - is an octet in the range %x21-7E. Quoted characters refer to the - octets with those codes in US-ASCII (so "." and "<" refer to %x2E and - %x3C) and will always be printable US-ASCII characters; similarly, - "digit" refers to the octets %x30-39. - - A "keyword" MUST consist only of US-ASCII letters, digits, and the - characters dot (".") and dash ("-") and MUST begin with a letter. - Keywords MUST be at least three characters in length. - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 5] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Examples in this document are not normative but serve to illustrate - usages, arguments, and responses. In the examples, a "[C]" will be - used to represent the client host and an "[S]" will be used to - represent the server host. Most of the examples do not rely on a - particular server state. In some cases, however, they do assume that - the currently selected newsgroup (see the GROUP command, - Section 6.1.1) is invalid; when so, this is indicated at the start of - the example. Examples may use commands or other keywords not defined - in this specification (such as an XENCRYPT command). These will be - used to illustrate some point and do not imply that any such command - is defined elsewhere or needs to exist in any particular - implementation. - - Terms that might be read as specifying details of a client or server - implementation, such as "database", are used simply to ease - description. Provided that implementations conform to the protocol - and format specifications in this document, no specific technique is - mandated. - -3. Basic Concepts - -3.1. Commands and Responses - - NNTP operates over any reliable bi-directional 8-bit-wide data stream - channel. When the connection is established, the NNTP server host - MUST send a greeting. The client host and server host then exchange - commands and responses (respectively) until the connection is closed - or aborted. If the connection used is TCP, then the server host - starts the NNTP service by listening on a TCP port. When a client - host wishes to make use of the service, it MUST establish a TCP - connection with the server host by connecting to that host on the - same port on which the server is listening. - - The character set for all NNTP commands is UTF-8 [RFC3629]. Commands - in NNTP MUST consist of a keyword, which MAY be followed by one or - more arguments. A CRLF pair MUST terminate all commands. Multiple - commands MUST NOT be on the same line. Unless otherwise noted - elsewhere in this document, arguments SHOULD consist of printable US- - ASCII characters. Keywords and arguments MUST each be separated by - one or more space or TAB characters. Command lines MUST NOT exceed - 512 octets, which includes the terminating CRLF pair. The arguments - MUST NOT exceed 497 octets. A server MAY relax these limits for - commands defined in an extension. - - Where this specification permits UTF-8 characters outside the range - of U+0000 to U+007F, implementations MUST NOT use the Byte Order Mark - (U+FEFF, encoding %xEF.BB.BF) and MUST use the Word Joiner (U+2060, - encoding %xE2.91.A0) for the meaning Zero Width No-Break Space in - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 6] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - command lines and the initial lines of responses. Implementations - SHOULD apply these same principles throughout. - - The term "character" means a single Unicode code point. - Implementations are not required to carry out Unicode normalisation. - Thus, U+0084 (A-dieresis) is one character, while U+0041 U+0308 (A - composed with dieresis) is two; the two need not be treated as - equivalent. - - Commands may have variants; if so, they use a second keyword - immediately after the first to indicate which variant is required. - The only such commands in this specification are LIST and MODE. Note - that such variants are sometimes referred to as if they were commands - in their own right: "the LIST ACTIVE" command should be read as - shorthand for "the ACTIVE variant of the LIST command". - - Keywords are case insensitive; the case of keywords for commands MUST - be ignored by the server. Command and response arguments are case or - language specific only when stated, either in this document or in - other relevant specifications. - - In some cases, a command involves more data than just a single line. - The further data may be sent either immediately after the command - line (there are no instances of this in this specification, but there - are in extensions such as [NNTP-STREAM]) or following a request from - the server (indicated by a 3xx response). - - Each response MUST start with a three-digit response code that is - sufficient to distinguish all responses. Certain valid responses are - defined to be multi-line; for all others, the response is contained - in a single line. The initial line of the response MUST NOT exceed - 512 octets, which includes the response code and the terminating CRLF - pair; an extension MAY specify a greater maximum for commands that it - defines, but not for any other command. Single-line responses - consist of an initial line only. Multi-line responses consist of an - initial line followed by a multi-line data block. - - An NNTP server MAY have an inactivity autologout timer. Such a timer - SHOULD be of at least three minutes' duration, with the exception - that there MAY be a shorter limit on how long the server is willing - to wait for the first command from the client. The receipt of any - command from the client during the timer interval SHOULD suffice to - reset the autologout timer. Similarly, the receipt of any - significant amount of data from a client that is sending a multi-line - data block (such as during a POST or IHAVE command) SHOULD suffice to - reset the autologout timer. When the timer expires, the server - SHOULD close the connection without sending any response to the - client. - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 7] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -3.1.1. Multi-line Data Blocks - - A multi-line data block is used in certain commands and responses. - It MUST adhere to the following rules: - - 1. The block consists of a sequence of zero or more "lines", each - being a stream of octets ending with a CRLF pair. Apart from - those line endings, the stream MUST NOT include the octets NUL, - LF, or CR. - - 2. In a multi-line response, the block immediately follows the CRLF - at the end of the initial line of the response. When used in any - other context, the specific command will define when the block is - sent. - - 3. If any line of the data block begins with the "termination octet" - ("." or %x2E), that line MUST be "dot-stuffed" by prepending an - additional termination octet to that line of the block. - - 4. The lines of the block MUST be followed by a terminating line - consisting of a single termination octet followed by a CRLF pair - in the normal way. Thus, unless it is empty, a multi-line block - is always terminated with the five octets CRLF "." CRLF - (%x0D.0A.2E.0D.0A). - - 5. When a multi-line block is interpreted, the "dot-stuffing" MUST - be undone; i.e., the recipient MUST ensure that, in any line - beginning with the termination octet followed by octets other - than a CRLF pair, that initial termination octet is disregarded. - - 6. Likewise, the terminating line ("." CRLF or %x2E.0D.0A) MUST NOT - be considered part of the multi-line block; i.e., the recipient - MUST ensure that any line beginning with the termination octet - followed immediately by a CRLF pair is disregarded. (The first - CRLF pair of the terminating CRLF "." CRLF of a non-empty block - is, of course, part of the last line of the block.) - - Note that texts using an encoding (such as UTF-16 or UTF-32) that may - contain the octets NUL, LF, or CR other than a CRLF pair cannot be - reliably conveyed in the above format (that is, they violate the MUST - requirement above). However, except when stated otherwise, this - specification does not require the content to be UTF-8, and therefore - (subject to that same requirement) it MAY include octets above and - below 128 mixed arbitrarily. - - This document does not place any limit on the length of a line in a - multi-line block. However, the standards that define the format of - articles may do so. - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 8] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -3.2. Response Codes - - Each response MUST begin with a three-digit status indicator. These - are status reports from the server and indicate the response to the - last command received from the client. - - The first digit of the response broadly indicates the success, - failure, or progress of the previous command: - - 1xx - Informative message - 2xx - Command completed OK - 3xx - Command OK so far; send the rest of it - 4xx - Command was syntactically correct but failed for some reason - 5xx - Command unknown, unsupported, unavailable, or syntax error - - The next digit in the code indicates the function response category: - - x0x - Connection, setup, and miscellaneous messages - x1x - Newsgroup selection - x2x - Article selection - x3x - Distribution functions - x4x - Posting - x8x - Reserved for authentication and privacy extensions - x9x - Reserved for private use (non-standard extensions) - - Certain responses contain arguments such as numbers and names in - addition to the status indicator. In those cases, to simplify - interpretation by the client, the number and type of such arguments - is fixed for each response code, as is whether the code is - single-line or multi-line. Any extension MUST follow this principle - as well. Note that, for historical reasons, the 211 response code is - an exception to this in that the response may be single-line or - multi-line depending on the command (GROUP or LISTGROUP) that - generated it. In all other cases, the client MUST only use the - status indicator itself to determine the nature of the response. The - exact response codes that can be returned by any given command are - detailed in the description of that command. - - Arguments MUST be separated from the numeric status indicator and - from each other by a single space. All numeric arguments MUST be in - base 10 (decimal) format and MAY have leading zeros. String - arguments MUST contain at least one character and MUST NOT contain - TAB, LF, CR, or space. The server MAY add any text after the - response code or last argument, as appropriate, and the client MUST - NOT make decisions based on this text. Such text MUST be separated - from the numeric status indicator or the last argument by at least - one space. - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 9] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - The server MUST respond to any command with the appropriate generic - response (given in Section 3.2.1) if it represents the situation. - Otherwise, each recognized command MUST return one of the response - codes specifically listed in its description or in an extension. A - server MAY provide extensions to this specification, including new - commands, new variants or features of existing commands, and other - ways of changing the internal state of the server. However, the - server MUST NOT produce any other responses to a client that does not - invoke any of the additional features. (Therefore, a client that - restricts itself to this specification will only receive the - responses that are listed.) - - If a client receives an unexpected response, it SHOULD use the first - digit of the response to determine the result. For example, an - unexpected 2xx should be taken as success, and an unexpected 4xx or - 5xx as failure. - - Response codes not specified in this document MAY be used for any - installation-specific additional commands also not specified. These - SHOULD be chosen to fit the pattern of x9x specified above. - - Neither this document nor any registered extension (see - Section 3.3.3) will specify any response codes of the x9x pattern. - (Implementers of extensions are accordingly cautioned not to use such - responses for extensions that may subsequently be submitted for - registration.) - -3.2.1. Generic Response Codes - - The server MUST respond to any command with the appropriate one of - the following generic responses if it represents the situation. - - If the command is not recognized, or if it is an optional command - that is not implemented by the server, the response code 500 MUST be - returned. - - If there is a syntax error in the arguments of a recognized command, - including the case where more arguments are provided than the command - specifies or the command line is longer than the server accepts, the - response code 501 MUST be returned. The line MUST NOT be truncated - or split and then interpreted. Note that where a command has - variants depending on a second keyword (e.g., LIST ACTIVE and LIST - NEWSGROUPS), 501 MUST be used when the base command is implemented - but the requested variant is not, and 500 MUST be used only when the - base command itself is not implemented. - - If an argument is required to be a base64-encoded string [RFC4648] - (there are no such arguments in this specification, but there may be - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 10] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - in extensions) and is not validly encoded, the response code 504 MUST - be returned. - - If the server experiences an internal fault or problem that means it - is unable to carry out the command (for example, a necessary file is - missing or a necessary service could not be contacted), the response - code 403 MUST be returned. If the server recognizes the command but - does not provide an optional feature (for example, because it does - not store the required information), or if it only handles a subset - of legitimate cases (see the HDR command, Section 8.5, for an - example), the response code 503 MUST be returned. - - If the client is not authorized to use the specified facility when - the server is in its current state, then the appropriate one of the - following response codes MUST be used. - - 502: It is necessary to terminate the connection and to start a new - one with the appropriate authority before the command can be used. - Historically, some mode-switching servers (see Section 3.4.1) used - this response to indicate that this command will become available - after the MODE READER command (Section 5.3) is used, but this - usage does not conform to this specification and MUST NOT be used. - Note that the server MUST NOT close the connection immediately - after a 502 response except at the initial connection - (Section 5.1) and with the MODE READER command. - - 480: The client must authenticate itself to the server (that is, it - must provide information as to the identity of the client) before - the facility can be used on this connection. This will involve - the use of an authentication extension such as [NNTP-AUTH]. - - 483: The client must negotiate appropriate privacy protection on the - connection. This will involve the use of a privacy extension such - as [NNTP-TLS]. - - 401: The client must change the state of the connection in some other - manner. The first argument of the response MUST be the capability - label (see Section 5.2) of the facility that provides the - necessary mechanism (usually an extension, which may be a private - extension). The server MUST NOT use this response code except as - specified by the definition of the capability in question. - - If the server has to terminate the connection for some reason, it - MUST give a 400 response code to the next command and then - immediately close the connection. Following a 400 response, clients - SHOULD NOT simply reconnect immediately and retry the same actions. - Rather, a client SHOULD either use an exponentially increasing delay - between retries (e.g., double the waiting time after each 400 - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 11] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - response) or present any associated text to the user for them to - decide whether and when to retry. - - The client MUST be prepared to receive any of these responses for any - command (except, of course, that the server MUST NOT generate a 500 - response code for mandatory commands). - -3.2.1.1. Examples - - Example of an unknown command: - - [C] MAIL - [S] 500 Unknown command - - Example of an unsupported command: - - [C] CAPABILITIES - [S] 101 Capability list: - [S] VERSION 2 - [S] READER - [S] NEWNEWS - [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS - [S] . - [C] OVER - [S] 500 Unknown command - - Example of an unsupported variant: - - [C] MODE POSTER - [S] 501 Unknown MODE option - - Example of a syntax error: - - [C] ARTICLE a.message.id@no.angle.brackets - [S] 501 Syntax error - - Example of an overlong command line: - - [C] HEAD 53 54 55 - [S] 501 Too many arguments - - Example of a bad wildmat: - - [C] LIST ACTIVE u[ks].* - [S] 501 Syntax error - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 12] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of a base64-encoding error (the second argument is meant to - be base64 encoded): - - [C] XENCRYPT RSA abcd=efg - [S] 504 Base64 encoding error - - Example of an attempt to access a facility not available to this - connection: - - [C] MODE READER - [S] 200 Reader mode, posting permitted - [C] IHAVE - [S] 500 Permission denied - - Example of an attempt to access a facility requiring authentication: - - [C] GROUP secret.group - [S] 480 Permission denied - - Example of a successful attempt following such authentication: - - [C] XSECRET fred flintstone - [S] 290 Password for fred accepted - [C] GROUP secret.group - [S] 211 5 1 20 secret.group selected - - Example of an attempt to access a facility requiring privacy: - - [C] GROUP secret.group - [S] 483 Secure connection required - [C] XENCRYPT - [Client and server negotiate encryption on the link] - [S] 283 Encrypted link established - [C] GROUP secret.group - [S] 211 5 1 20 secret.group selected - - Example of a need to change mode before a facility is used: - - [C] GROUP binary.group - [S] 401 XHOST Not on this virtual host - [C] XHOST binary.news.example.org - [S] 290 binary.news.example.org virtual host selected - [C] GROUP binary.group - [S] 211 5 1 77 binary.group selected - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 13] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of a temporary failure: - - [C] GROUP archive.local - [S] 403 Archive server temporarily offline - - Example of the server needing to close down immediately: - - [C] ARTICLE 123 - [S] 400 Power supply failed, running on UPS - [Server closes connection.] - -3.3. Capabilities and Extensions - - Not all NNTP servers provide exactly the same facilities, both - because this specification allows variation and because servers may - provide extensions. A set of facilities that are related are called - a "capability". This specification provides a way to determine what - capabilities are available, includes a list of standard capabilities, - and includes a mechanism (the extension mechanism) for defining new - capabilities. - -3.3.1. Capability Descriptions - - A client can determine the available capabilities of the server by - using the CAPABILITIES command (Section 5.2). This returns a - capability list, which is a list of capability lines. Each line - describes one available capability. - - Each capability line consists of one or more tokens, which MUST be - separated by one or more space or TAB characters. A token is a - string of 1 or more printable UTF-8 characters (that is, either - printable US-ASCII characters or any UTF-8 sequence outside the US- - ASCII range, but not space or TAB). Unless stated otherwise, tokens - are case insensitive. Each capability line consists of the - following: - - o The capability label, which is a keyword indicating the - capability. A capability label may be defined by this - specification or a successor, or by an extension. - - o The label is then followed by zero or more tokens, which are - arguments of the capability. The form and meaning of these tokens - is specific to each capability. - - The server MUST ensure that the capability list accurately reflects - the capabilities (including extensions) currently available. If a - capability is only available with the server in a certain state (for - example, only after authentication), the list MUST only include the - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 14] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - capability label when the server is in that state. Similarly, if - only some of the commands in an extension will be available, or if - the behaviour of the extension will change in some other manner, - according to the state of the server, this MUST be indicated by - different arguments in the capability line. - - Note that a capability line can only begin with a letter. Lines - beginning with other characters are reserved for future versions of - this specification. In order to interoperate with such versions, - clients MUST be prepared to receive lines beginning with other - characters and MUST ignore any they do not understand. - -3.3.2. Standard Capabilities - - The following capabilities are defined by this specification. - - VERSION - This capability MUST be advertised by all servers and MUST be the - first capability in the capability list; it indicates the - version(s) of NNTP that the server supports. There must be at - least one argument; each argument is a decimal number and MUST NOT - have a leading zero. Version numbers are assigned only in RFCs - that update or replace this specification; servers MUST NOT create - their own version numbers. - - The version number of this specification is 2. - - READER - This capability indicates that the server implements the various - commands useful for reading clients. - - IHAVE - This capability indicates that the server implements the IHAVE - command. - - POST - This capability indicates that the server implements the POST - command. - - NEWNEWS - This capability indicates that the server implements the NEWNEWS - command. - - HDR - This capability indicates that the server implements the header - access commands (HDR and LIST HEADERS). - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 15] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - OVER - This capability indicates that the server implements the overview - access commands (OVER and LIST OVERVIEW.FMT). If and only if the - server supports the message-id form of the OVER command, there - must be a single argument MSGID. - - LIST - This capability indicates that the server implements at least one - variant of the LIST command. There MUST be one argument for each - variant of the LIST command supported by the server, giving the - keyword for that variant. - - IMPLEMENTATION - This capability MAY be provided by a server. If so, the arguments - SHOULD be used to provide information such as the server software - name and version number. The client MUST NOT use this line to - determine capabilities of the server. (While servers often - provide this information in the initial greeting, clients need to - guess whether this is the case; this capability makes it clear - what the information is.) - - MODE-READER - This capability indicates that the server is mode-switching - (Section 3.4.2) and that the MODE READER command needs to be used - to enable the READER capability. - -3.3.3. Extensions - - Although NNTP is widely and robustly deployed, some parts of the - Internet community might wish to extend the NNTP service. It must be - emphasized that any extension to NNTP should not be considered - lightly. NNTP's strength comes primarily from its simplicity. - Experience with many protocols has shown that: - - Protocols with few options tend towards ubiquity, whilst protocols - with many options tend towards obscurity. - - This means that each and every extension, regardless of its benefits, - must be carefully scrutinized with respect to its implementation, - deployment, and interoperability costs. In many cases, the cost of - extending the NNTP service will likely outweigh the benefit. - - An extension is a package of associated facilities, often but not - always including one or more new commands. Each extension MUST - define at least one new capability label (this will often, but need - not, be the name of one of these new commands). While any additional - capability information can normally be specified using arguments to - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 16] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - that label, an extension MAY define more than one capability label. - However, this SHOULD be limited to exceptional circumstances. - - An extension is either a private extension, or its capabilities are - included in the IANA registry of capabilities (see Section 3.3.4) and - it is defined in an RFC (in which case it is a "registered - extension"). Such RFCs either must be on the standards track or must - define an IESG-approved experimental protocol. - - The definition of an extension must include the following: - - o a descriptive name for the extension. - - o the capability label or labels defined by the extension (the - capability label of a registered extension MUST NOT begin with - "X"). - - o The syntax, values, and meanings of any arguments for each - capability label defined by the extension. - - o Any new NNTP commands associated with the extension (the names of - commands associated with registered extensions MUST NOT begin with - "X"). - - o The syntax and possible values of arguments associated with the - new NNTP commands. - - o The response codes and possible values of arguments for the - responses of the new NNTP commands. - - o Any new arguments the extension associates with any other - pre-existing NNTP commands. - - o Any increase in the maximum length of commands and initial - response lines over the value specified in this document. - - o A specific statement about the effect on pipelining that this - extension may have (if any). - - o A specific statement about the circumstances when use of this - extension can alter the contents of the capabilities list (other - than the new capability labels it defines). - - o A specific statement about the circumstances under which the - extension can cause any pre-existing command to produce a 401, - 480, or 483 response. - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 17] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - o A description of how the use of MODE READER on a mode-switching - server interacts with the extension. - - o A description of how support for the extension affects the - behaviour of a server and NNTP client in any other manner not - outlined above. - - o Formal syntax as described in Section 9.9. - - A private extension MAY or MAY NOT be included in the capabilities - list. If it is, the capability label MUST begin with "X". A server - MAY provide additional keywords (for new commands and also for new - variants of existing commands) as part of a private extension. To - avoid the risk of a clash with a future registered extension, these - keywords SHOULD begin with "X". - - If the server advertises a capability defined by a registered - extension, it MUST implement the extension so as to fully conform - with the specification (for example, it MUST implement all the - commands that the extension describes as mandatory). If it does not - implement the extension as specified, it MUST NOT list the extension - in the capabilities list under its registered name. In that case, it - MAY, but SHOULD NOT, provide a private extension (not listed, or - listed with a different name) that implements part of the extension - or implements the commands of the extension with a different meaning. - - A server MUST NOT send different response codes to basic NNTP - commands documented here or to commands documented in registered - extensions in response to the availability or use of a private - extension. - -3.3.4. Initial IANA Register - - IANA will maintain a registry of NNTP capability labels. All - capability labels in the registry MUST be keywords and MUST NOT begin - with X. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 18] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - The initial content of the registry consists of these entries: - - +-------------------+--------------------------+--------------------+ - | Label | Meaning | Definition | - +-------------------+--------------------------+--------------------+ - | AUTHINFO | Authentication | [NNTP-AUTH] | - | | | | - | HDR | Batched header retrieval | Section 3.3.2, | - | | | Section 8.5, and | - | | | Section 8.6 | - | | | | - | IHAVE | IHAVE command available | Section 3.3.2 and | - | | | Section 6.3.2 | - | | | | - | IMPLEMENTATION | Server | Section 3.3.2 | - | | implementation-specific | | - | | information | | - | | | | - | LIST | LIST command variants | Section 3.3.2 and | - | | | Section 7.6.1 | - | | | | - | MODE-READER | Mode-switching server | Section 3.4.2 | - | | and MODE READER command | | - | | available | | - | | | | - | NEWNEWS | NEWNEWS command | Section 3.3.2 and | - | | available | Section 7.4 | - | | | | - | OVER | Overview support | Section 3.3.2, | - | | | Section 8.3, and | - | | | Section 8.4 | - | | | | - | POST | POST command available | Section 3.3.2 and | - | | | Section 6.3.1 | - | | | | - | READER | Reader commands | Section 3.3.2 | - | | available | | - | | | | - | SASL | Supported SASL | [NNTP-AUTH] | - | | mechanisms | | - | | | | - | STARTTLS | Transport layer security | [NNTP-TLS] | - | | | | - | STREAMING | Streaming feeds | [NNTP-STREAM] | - | | | | - | VERSION | Supported NNTP versions | Section 3.3.2 | - +-------------------+--------------------------+--------------------+ - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 19] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -3.4. Mandatory and Optional Commands - - For a number of reasons, not all the commands in this specification - are mandatory. However, it is equally undesirable for every command - to be optional, since this means that a client will have no idea what - facilities are available. Therefore, as a compromise, some of the - commands in this specification are mandatory (they must be supported - by all servers) while the remainder are not. The latter are then - subdivided into bundles, each indicated by a single capability label. - - o If the label is included in the capability list returned by the - server, the server MUST support all commands in that bundle. - - o If the label is not included, the server MAY support none or some - of the commands but SHOULD NOT support all of them. In general, - there will be no way for a client to determine which commands are - supported without trying them. - - The bundles have been chosen to provide useful functionality, and - therefore server authors are discouraged from implementing only part - of a bundle. - - The description of each command will either indicate that it is - mandatory, or will give, using the term "indicating capability", the - capability label indicating whether the bundle including this command - is available. - - Where a server does not implement a command, it MUST always generate - a 500 generic response code (or a 501 generic response code in the - case of a variant of a command depending on a second keyword where - the base command is recognised). Otherwise, the command MUST be - fully implemented as specified; a server MUST NOT only partially - implement any of the commands in this specification. (Client authors - should note that some servers not conforming to this specification - will return a 502 generic response code to some commands that are not - implemented.) - - Note: some commands have cases that require other commands to be used - first. If the former command is implemented but the latter is not, - the former MUST still generate the relevant specific response code. - For example, if ARTICLE (Section 6.2.1) is implemented but GROUP - (Section 6.1.1) is not, the correct response to "ARTICLE 1234" - remains 412. - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 20] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -3.4.1. Reading and Transit Servers - - NNTP is traditionally used in two different ways. The first use is - "reading", where the client fetches articles from a large store - maintained by the server for immediate or later presentation to a - user and sends articles created by that user back to the server (an - action called "posting") to be stored and distributed to other stores - and users. The second use is for the bulk transfer of articles from - one store to another. Since the hosts making this transfer tend to - be peers in a network that transmit articles among one another, and - not end-user systems, this process is called "peering" or "transit". - (Even so, one host is still the client and the other is the server). - - In practice, these two uses are so different that some server - implementations are optimised for reading or for transit and, as a - result, do not offer the other facility or only offer limited - features. Other implementations are more general and offer both. - This specification allows for this by bundling the relevant commands - accordingly: the IHAVE command is designed for transit, while the - commands indicated by the READER capability are designed for reading - clients. - - Except as an effect of the MODE READER command (Section 5.3) on a - mode-switching server, once a server advertises either or both of the - IHAVE or READER capabilities, it MUST continue to advertise them for - the entire session. - - A server MAY provide different modes of behaviour (transit, reader, - or a combination) to different client connections and MAY use - external information, such as the IP address of the client, to - determine which mode to provide to any given connection. - - The official TCP port for the NNTP service is 119. However, if a - host wishes to offer separate servers for transit and reading - clients, port 433 SHOULD be used for the transit server and 119 for - the reading server. - -3.4.2. Mode Switching - - An implementation MAY, but SHOULD NOT, provide both transit and - reader facilities on the same server but require the client to select - which it wishes to use. Such an arrangement is called a - "mode-switching" server. - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 21] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - A mode-switching server has two modes: - - o Transit mode, which applies after the initial connection. - - * It MUST advertise the MODE-READER capability. - - * It MUST NOT advertise the READER capability. - - However, the server MAY cease to advertise the MODE-READER - capability after the client uses any command except CAPABILITIES. - - o Reading mode, after a successful MODE READER command (see Section - 5.3). - - * It MUST NOT advertise the MODE-READER capability. - - * It MUST advertise the READER capability. - - * It MAY NOT advertise the IHAVE capability, even if it was - advertising it in transit mode. - - A client SHOULD only issue a MODE READER command to a server if it is - advertising the MODE-READER capability. If the server does not - support CAPABILITIES (and therefore does not conform to this - specification), the client MAY use the following heuristic: - - o If the client wishes to use any "reader" commands, it SHOULD use - the MODE READER command immediately after the initial connection. - - o Otherwise, it SHOULD NOT use the MODE READER command. - - In each case, it should be prepared for some commands to be - unavailable that would have been available if it had made the other - choice. - -3.5. Pipelining - - NNTP is designed to operate over a reliable bi-directional - connection, such as TCP. Therefore, if a command does not depend on - the response to the previous one, it should not matter if it is sent - before that response is received. Doing this is called "pipelining". - However, certain server implementations throw away all text received - from the client following certain commands before sending their - response. If this happens, pipelining will be affected because one - or more commands will have been ignored or misinterpreted, and the - client will be matching the wrong responses to each command. Since - there are significant benefits to pipelining, but also circumstances - where it is reasonable or common for servers to behave in the above - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 22] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - manner, this document puts certain requirements on both clients and - servers. - - Except where stated otherwise, a client MAY use pipelining. That is, - it may send a command before receiving the response for the previous - command. The server MUST allow pipelining and MUST NOT throw away - any text received after a command. Irrespective of whether - pipelining is used, the server MUST process commands in the order - they are sent. - - If the specific description of a command says it "MUST NOT be - pipelined", that command MUST end any pipeline of commands. That is, - the client MUST NOT send any following command until it receives the - CRLF at the end of the response from the command. The server MAY - ignore any data received after the command and before the CRLF at the - end of the response is sent to the client. - - The initial connection must not be part of a pipeline; that is, the - client MUST NOT send any command until it receives the CRLF at the - end of the greeting. - - If the client uses blocking system calls to send commands, it MUST - ensure that the amount of text sent in pipelining does not cause a - deadlock between transmission and reception. The amount of text - involved will depend on window sizes in the transmission layer; - typically, it is 4k octets for TCP. (Since the server only sends - data in response to commands from the client, the converse problem - does not occur.) - -3.5.1. Examples - - Example of correct use of pipelining: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [C] STAT - [C] NEXT - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [S] 223 3000234 <45223423@example.com> retrieved - [S] 223 3000237 <668929@example.org> retrieved - - Example of incorrect use of pipelining (the MODE READER command may - not be pipelined): - - [C] MODE READER - [C] DATE - [C] NEXT - [S] 200 Server ready, posting allowed - [S] 223 3000237 <668929@example.org> retrieved - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 23] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - The DATE command has been thrown away by the server, so there is no - 111 response to match it. - -3.6. Articles - - NNTP is intended to transfer articles between clients and servers. - For the purposes of this specification, articles are required to - conform to the rules in this section, and clients and servers MUST - correctly process any article received from the other that does so. - Note that this requirement applies only to the contents of - communications over NNTP; it does not prevent the client or server - from subsequently rejecting an article for reasons of local policy. - Also see Appendix A for further restrictions on the format of - articles in some uses of NNTP. - - An article consists of two parts: the headers and the body. They are - separated by a single empty line, or in other words by two - consecutive CRLF pairs (if there is more than one empty line, the - second and subsequent ones are part of the body). In order to meet - the general requirements of NNTP, an article MUST NOT include the - octet NUL, MUST NOT contain the octets LF and CR other than as part - of a CRLF pair, and MUST end with a CRLF pair. This specification - puts no further restrictions on the body; in particular, it MAY be - empty. - - The headers of an article consist of one or more header lines. Each - header line consists of a header name, a colon, a space, the header - content, and a CRLF, in that order. The name consists of one or more - printable US-ASCII characters other than colon and, for the purposes - of this specification, is not case sensitive. There MAY be more than - one header line with the same name. The content MUST NOT contain - CRLF; it MAY be empty. A header may be "folded"; that is, a CRLF - pair may be placed before any TAB or space in the line. There MUST - still be some other octet between any two CRLF pairs in a header - line. (Note that folding means that the header line occupies more - than one line when displayed or transmitted; nevertheless, it is - still referred to as "a" header line.) The presence or absence of - folding does not affect the meaning of the header line; that is, the - CRLF pairs introduced by folding are not considered part of the - header content. Header lines SHOULD NOT be folded before the space - after the colon that follows the header name and SHOULD include at - least one octet other than %x09 or %x20 between CRLF pairs. However, - if an article that fails to satisfy this requirement has been - received from elsewhere, clients and servers MAY transfer it to each - other without re-folding it. - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 24] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - The content of a header SHOULD be in UTF-8. However, if an - implementation receives an article from elsewhere that uses octets in - the range 128 to 255 in some other manner, it MAY pass it to a client - or server without modification. Therefore, implementations MUST be - prepared to receive such headers, and data derived from them (e.g., - in the responses from the OVER command, Section 8.3), and MUST NOT - assume that they are always UTF-8. Any external processing of those - headers, including identifying the encoding used, is outside the - scope of this document. - - Each article MUST have a unique message-id; two articles offered by - an NNTP server MUST NOT have the same message-id. For the purposes - of this specification, message-ids are opaque strings that MUST meet - the following requirements: - - o A message-id MUST begin with "<", end with ">", and MUST NOT - contain the latter except at the end. - - o A message-id MUST be between 3 and 250 octets in length. - - o A message-id MUST NOT contain octets other than printable US-ASCII - characters. - - Two message-ids are the same if and only if they consist of the same - sequence of octets. - - This specification does not describe how the message-id of an article - is determined. If the server does not have any way to determine a - message-id from the article itself, it MUST synthesize one (this - specification does not require that the article be changed as a - result). See also Appendix A.2. - -4. The WILDMAT Format - - The WILDMAT format described here is based on the version first - developed by Rich Salz [SALZ1992], which was in turn derived from the - format used in the UNIX "find" command to articulate file names. It - was developed to provide a uniform mechanism for matching patterns in - the same manner that the UNIX shell matches filenames. - - - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 25] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -4.1. Wildmat Syntax - - A wildmat is described by the following ABNF [RFC4234] syntax, which - is an extract of that in Section 9.8. - - wildmat = wildmat-pattern *("," ["!"] wildmat-pattern) - wildmat-pattern = 1*wildmat-item - wildmat-item = wildmat-exact / wildmat-wild - wildmat-exact = %x22-29 / %x2B / %x2D-3E / %x40-5A / %x5E-7E / - UTF8-non-ascii ; exclude ! * , ? [ \ ] - wildmat-wild = "*" / "?" - - Note: the characters ",", "\", "[", and "]" are not allowed in - wildmats, while * and ? are always wildcards. This should not be a - problem, since these characters cannot occur in newsgroup names, - which is the only current use of wildmats. Backslash is commonly - used to suppress the special meaning of characters, whereas brackets - are used to introduce sets. However, these usages are not universal, - and interpretation of these characters in the context of UTF-8 - strings is potentially complex and differs from existing practice, so - they were omitted from this specification. A future extension to - this specification may provide semantics for these characters. - -4.2. Wildmat Semantics - - A wildmat is tested against a string and either matches or does not - match. To do this, each constituent is matched - against the string, and the rightmost pattern that matches is - identified. If that is not preceded with "!", the - whole wildmat matches. If it is preceded by "!", or if no matches, the whole wildmat does not match. - - For example, consider the wildmat "a*,!*b,*c*": - - o The string "aaa" matches because the rightmost match is with "a*". - - o The string "abb" does not match because the rightmost match is - with "*b". - - o The string "ccb" matches because the rightmost match is with - "*c*". - - o The string "xxx" does not match because no - matches. - - A matches a string if the string can be broken into - components, each of which matches the corresponding in - the pattern. The matches must be in the same order, and the whole - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 26] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - string must be used in the match. The pattern is "anchored"; that - is, the first and last characters in the string must match the first - and last item, respectively (unless that item is an asterisk matching - zero characters). - - A matches the same character (which may be more than - one octet in UTF-8). - - "?" matches exactly one character (which may be more than one octet). - - "*" matches zero or more characters. It can match an empty string, - but it cannot match a subsequence of a UTF-8 sequence that is not - aligned to the character boundaries. - -4.3. Extensions - - An NNTP server or extension MAY extend the syntax or semantics of - wildmats provided that all wildmats that meet the requirements of - Section 4.1 have the meaning ascribed to them by Section 4.2. Future - editions of this document may also extend wildmats. - -4.4. Examples - - In these examples, $ and @ are used to represent the two octets %xC2 - and %xA3, respectively; $@ is thus the UTF-8 encoding for the pound - sterling symbol, shown as # in the descriptions. - - Wildmat Description of strings that match - abc The one string "abc" - abc,def The two strings "abc" and "def" - $@ The one character string "#" - a* Any string that begins with "a" - a*b Any string that begins with "a" and ends with "b" - a*,*b Any string that begins with "a" or ends with "b" - a*,!*b Any string that begins with "a" and does not end with - "b" - a*,!*b,c* Any string that begins with "a" and does not end with - "b", and any string that begins with "c" no matter - what it ends with - a*,c*,!*b Any string that begins with "a" or "c" and does not - end with "b" - ?a* Any string with "a" as its second character - ??a* Any string with "a" as its third character - *a? Any string with "a" as its penultimate character - *a?? Any string with "a" as its antepenultimate character - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 27] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -5. Session Administration Commands - -5.1. Initial Connection - -5.1.1. Usage - - This command MUST NOT be pipelined. - - Responses [1] - 200 Service available, posting allowed - 201 Service available, posting prohibited - 400 Service temporarily unavailable [2] - 502 Service permanently unavailable [2] - - [1] These are the only valid response codes for the initial greeting; - the server MUST not return any other generic response code. - - [2] Following a 400 or 502 response, the server MUST immediately - close the connection. - -5.1.2. Description - - There is no command presented by the client upon initial connection - to the server. The server MUST present an appropriate response code - as a greeting to the client. This response informs the client - whether service is available and whether the client is permitted to - post. - - If the server will accept further commands from the client including - POST, the server MUST present a 200 greeting code. If the server - will accept further commands from the client, but the client is not - authorized to post articles using the POST command, the server MUST - present a 201 greeting code. - - Otherwise, the server MUST present a 400 or 502 greeting code and - then immediately close the connection. 400 SHOULD be used if the - issue is only temporary (for example, because of load) and the client - can expect to be able to connect successfully at some point in the - future without making any changes. 502 MUST be used if the client is - not permitted under any circumstances to interact with the server, - and MAY be used if the server has insufficient information to - determine whether the issue is temporary or permanent. - - Note: the distinction between the 200 and 201 response codes has - turned out in practice to be insufficient; for example, some servers - do not allow posting until the client has authenticated, while other - clients assume that a 201 response means that posting will never be - possible even after authentication. Therefore, clients SHOULD use - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 28] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - the CAPABILITIES command (Section 5.2) rather than rely on this - response. - -5.1.3. Examples - - Example of a normal connection from an authorized client that then - terminates the session (see Section 5.4): - - [Initial connection set-up completed.] - [S] 200 NNTP Service Ready, posting permitted - [C] QUIT - [S] 205 NNTP Service exits normally - [Server closes connection.] - - Example of a normal connection from an authorized client that is not - permitted to post, which also immediately terminates the session: - - [Initial connection set-up completed.] - [S] 201 NNTP Service Ready, posting prohibited - [C] QUIT - [S] 205 NNTP Service exits normally - [Server closes connection.] - - Example of a normal connection from an unauthorized client: - - [Initial connection set-up completed.] - [S] 502 NNTP Service permanently unavailable - [Server closes connection.] - - Example of a connection from a client if the server is unable to - provide service: - - [Initial connection set-up completed.] - [S] 400 NNTP Service temporarily unavailable - [Server closes connection.] - -5.2. CAPABILITIES - -5.2.1. Usage - - This command is mandatory. - - Syntax - CAPABILITIES [keyword] - - Responses - 101 Capability list follows (multi-line) - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 29] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Parameters - keyword additional feature, see description - -5.2.2. Description - - The CAPABILITIES command allows a client to determine the - capabilities of the server at any given time. - - This command MAY be issued at any time; the server MUST NOT require - it to be issued in order to make use of any capability. The response - generated by this command MAY change during a session because of - other state information (which, in turn, may be changed by the - effects of other commands or by external events). An NNTP client is - only able to get the current and correct information concerning - available capabilities at any point during a session by issuing a - CAPABILITIES command at that point of that session and processing the - response. - - The capability list is returned as a multi-line data block following - the 101 response code. Each capability is described by a separate - capability line. The server MUST NOT list the same capability twice - in the response, even with different arguments. Except that the - VERSION capability MUST be the first line, the order in which the - capability lines appears is not significant; the server need not even - consistently return the same order. - - While some capabilities are likely to be always available or never - available, others (notably extensions) will appear and disappear - depending on server state changes within the session or on external - events between sessions. An NNTP client MAY cache the results of - this command, but MUST NOT rely on the correctness of any cached - results, whether from earlier in this session or from a previous - session, MUST cope gracefully with the cached status being out of - date, and SHOULD (if caching results) provide a way to force the - cached information to be refreshed. Furthermore, a client MUST NOT - use cached results in relation to security, privacy, and - authentication extensions. See Section 12.6 for further discussion - of this topic. - - The keyword argument is not used by this specification. It is - provided so that extensions or revisions to this specification can - include extra features for this command without requiring the - CAPABILITIES command to be used twice (once to determine if the extra - features are available, and a second time to make use of them). If - the server does not recognise the argument (and it is a keyword), it - MUST respond with the 101 response code as if the argument had been - omitted. If an argument is provided that the server does recognise, - it MAY use the 101 response code or MAY use some other response code - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 30] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - (which will be defined in the specification of that feature). If the - argument is not a keyword, the 501 generic response code MUST be - returned. The server MUST NOT generate any other response code to - the CAPABILITIES command. - -5.2.3. Examples - - Example of a minimal response (a read-only server): - - [C] CAPABILITIES - [S] 101 Capability list: - [S] VERSION 2 - [S] READER - [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS - [S] . - - Example of a response from a server that has a range of facilities - and that also describes itself: - - [C] CAPABILITIES - [S] 101 Capability list: - [S] VERSION 2 - [S] READER - [S] IHAVE - [S] POST - [S] NEWNEWS - [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS ACTIVE.TIMES OVERVIEW.FMT - [S] IMPLEMENTATION INN 4.2 2004-12-25 - [S] OVER MSGID - [S] STREAMING - [S] XSECRET - [S] . - - Example of a server that supports more than one version of NNTP: - - [C] CAPABILITIES - [S] 101 Capability list: - [S] VERSION 2 3 - [S] READER - [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS - [S] . - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 31] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of a client attempting to use a feature of the CAPABILITIES - command that the server does not support: - - [C] CAPABILITIES AUTOUPDATE - [S] 101 Capability list: - [S] VERSION 2 - [S] READER - [S] IHAVE - [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS OVERVIEW.FMT HEADERS - [S] OVER MSGID - [S] HDR - [S] NEWNEWS - [S] . - -5.3. MODE READER - -5.3.1. Usage - - Indicating capability: MODE-READER - - This command MUST NOT be pipelined. - - Syntax - MODE READER - - Responses - 200 Posting allowed - 201 Posting prohibited - 502 Reading service permanently unavailable [1] - - [1] Following a 502 response the server MUST immediately close the - connection. - -5.3.2. Description - - The MODE READER command instructs a mode-switching server to switch - modes, as described in Section 3.4.2. - - If the server is mode-switching, it switches from its transit mode to - its reader mode, indicating this by changing the capability list - accordingly. It MUST then return a 200 or 201 response with the same - meaning as for the initial greeting (as described in Section 5.1.1). - Note that the response need not be the same as that presented during - the initial greeting. The client MUST NOT issue MODE READER more - than once in a session or after any security or privacy commands are - issued. When the MODE READER command is issued, the server MAY reset - its state to that immediately after the initial connection before - switching mode. - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 32] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - If the server is not mode-switching, then the following apply: - - o If it advertises the READER capability, it MUST return a 200 or - 201 response with the same meaning as for the initial greeting; in - this case, the command MUST NOT affect the server state in any - way. - - o If it does not advertise the READER capability, it MUST return a - 502 response and then immediately close the connection. - -5.3.3. Examples - - Example of use of the MODE READER command on a transit-only server - (which therefore does not providing reading facilities): - - [C] CAPABILITIES - [S] 101 Capability list: - [S] VERSION 2 - [S] IHAVE - [S] . - [C] MODE READER - [S] 502 Transit service only - [Server closes connection.] - - Example of use of the MODE READER command on a server that provides - reading facilities: - - [C] CAPABILITIES - [S] 101 Capability list: - [S] VERSION 2 - [S] READER - [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS - [S] . - [C] MODE READER - [S] 200 Reader mode, posting permitted - [C] IHAVE - [S] 500 Permission denied - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - - Note that in both of these situations, the client SHOULD NOT use MODE - READER. - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 33] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of use of the MODE READER command on a mode-switching server: - - [C] CAPABILITIES - [S] 101 Capability list: - [S] VERSION 2 - [S] IHAVE - [S] MODE-READER - [S] . - [C] MODE READER - [S] 200 Reader mode, posting permitted - [C] CAPABILITIES - [S] 101 Capability list: - [S] VERSION 2 - [S] READER - [S] NEWNEWS - [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS - [S] STARTTLS - [S] . - - In this case, the server offers (but does not require) TLS privacy in - its reading mode but not in its transit mode. - - Example of use of the MODE READER command where the client is not - permitted to post: - - [C] MODE READER - [S] 201 NNTP Service Ready, posting prohibited - -5.4. QUIT - -5.4.1. Usage - - This command is mandatory. - - Syntax - QUIT - - Responses - 205 Connection closing - -5.4.2. Description - - The client uses the QUIT command to terminate the session. The - server MUST acknowledge the QUIT command and then close the - connection to the client. This is the preferred method for a client - to indicate that it has finished all of its transactions with the - NNTP server. - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 34] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - If a client simply disconnects (or if the connection times out or - some other fault occurs), the server MUST gracefully cease its - attempts to service the client, disconnecting from its end if - necessary. - - The server MUST NOT generate any response code to the QUIT command - other than 205 or, if any arguments are provided, 501. - -5.4.3. Examples - - [C] QUIT - [S] 205 closing connection - [Server closes connection.] - -6. Article Posting and Retrieval - - News-reading clients have available a variety of mechanisms to - retrieve articles via NNTP. The news articles are stored and indexed - using three types of keys. The first type of key is the message-id - of an article and is globally unique. The second type of key is - composed of a newsgroup name and an article number within that - newsgroup. On a particular server, there MUST only be one article - with a given number within any newsgroup, and an article MUST NOT - have two different numbers in the same newsgroup. An article can be - cross-posted to multiple newsgroups, so there may be multiple keys - that point to the same article on the same server; these MAY have - different numbers in each newsgroup. However, this type of key is - not required to be globally unique, so the same key MAY refer to - different articles on different servers. (Note that the terms - "group" and "newsgroup" are equivalent.) - - The final type of key is the arrival timestamp, giving the time that - the article arrived at the server. The server MUST ensure that - article numbers are issued in order of arrival timestamp; that is, - articles arriving later MUST have higher numbers than those that - arrive earlier. The server SHOULD allocate the next sequential - unused number to each new article. - - Article numbers MUST lie between 1 and 2,147,483,647, inclusive. The - client and server MAY use leading zeroes in specifying article - numbers but MUST NOT use more than 16 digits. In some situations, - the value zero replaces an article number to show some special - situation. - - Note that it is likely that the article number limit of 2,147,483,647 - will be increased by a future revision or extension to this - specification. While servers MUST NOT send article numbers greater - than this current limit, client and server developers are advised to - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 35] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - use internal structures and datatypes capable of handling larger - values in anticipation of such a change. - -6.1. Group and Article Selection - - The following commands are used to set the "currently selected - newsgroup" and the "current article number", which are used by - various commands. At the start of an NNTP session, both of these - values are set to the special value "invalid". - -6.1.1. GROUP - -6.1.1.1. Usage - - Indicating capability: READER - - Syntax - GROUP group - - Responses - 211 number low high group Group successfully selected - 411 No such newsgroup - - Parameters - group Name of newsgroup - number Estimated number of articles in the group - low Reported low water mark - high Reported high water mark - -6.1.1.2. Description - - The GROUP command selects a newsgroup as the currently selected - newsgroup and returns summary information about it. - - The required argument is the name of the newsgroup to be selected - (e.g., "news.software.nntp"). A list of valid newsgroups may be - obtained by using the LIST ACTIVE command (see Section 7.6.3). - - The successful selection response will return the article numbers of - the first and last articles in the group at the moment of selection - (these numbers are referred to as the "reported low water mark" and - the "reported high water mark") and an estimate of the number of - articles in the group currently available. - - If the group is not empty, the estimate MUST be at least the actual - number of articles available and MUST be no greater than one more - than the difference between the reported low and high water marks. - (Some implementations will actually count the number of articles - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 36] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - currently stored. Others will just subtract the low water mark from - the high water mark and add one to get an estimate.) - - If the group is empty, one of the following three situations will - occur. Clients MUST accept all three cases; servers MUST NOT - represent an empty group in any other way. - - o The high water mark will be one less than the low water mark, and - the estimated article count will be zero. Servers SHOULD use this - method to show an empty group. This is the only time that the - high water mark can be less than the low water mark. - - o All three numbers will be zero. - - o The high water mark is greater than or equal to the low water - mark. The estimated article count might be zero or non-zero; if - it is non-zero, the same requirements apply as for a non-empty - group. - - The set of articles in a group may change after the GROUP command is - carried out: - - o Articles may be removed from the group. - - o Articles may be reinstated in the group with the same article - number, but those articles MUST have numbers no less than the - reported low water mark (note that this is a reinstatement of the - previous article, not a new article reusing the number). - - o New articles may be added with article numbers greater than the - reported high water mark. (If an article that was the one with - the highest number has been removed and the high water mark has - been adjusted accordingly, the next new article will not have the - number one greater than the reported high water mark.) - - Except when the group is empty and all three numbers are zero, - whenever a subsequent GROUP command for the same newsgroup is issued, - either by the same client or a different client, the reported low - water mark in the response MUST be no less than that in any previous - response for that newsgroup in this session, and it SHOULD be no less - than that in any previous response for that newsgroup ever sent to - any client. Any failure to meet the latter condition SHOULD be - transient only. The client may make use of the low water mark to - remove all remembered information about articles with lower numbers, - as these will never recur. This includes the situation when the high - water mark is one less than the low water mark. No similar - assumption can be made about the high water mark, as this can - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 37] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - decrease if an article is removed and then increase again if it is - reinstated or if new articles arrive. - - When a valid group is selected by means of this command, the - currently selected newsgroup MUST be set to that group, and the - current article number MUST be set to the first article in the group - (this applies even if the group is already the currently selected - newsgroup). If an empty newsgroup is selected, the current article - number is made invalid. If an invalid group is specified, the - currently selected newsgroup and current article number MUST NOT be - changed. - - The GROUP or LISTGROUP command (see Section 6.1.2) MUST be used by a - client, and a successful response received, before any other command - is used that depends on the value of the currently selected newsgroup - or current article number. - - If the group specified is not available on the server, a 411 response - MUST be returned. - -6.1.1.3. Examples - - Example for a group known to the server: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - - Example for a group unknown to the server: - - [C] GROUP example.is.sob.bradner.or.barber - [S] 411 example.is.sob.bradner.or.barber is unknown - - Example of an empty group using the preferred response: - - [C] GROUP example.currently.empty.newsgroup - [S] 211 0 4000 3999 example.currently.empty.newsgroup - - Example of an empty group using an alternative response: - - [C] GROUP example.currently.empty.newsgroup - [S] 211 0 0 0 example.currently.empty.newsgroup - - Example of an empty group using a different alternative response: - - [C] GROUP example.currently.empty.newsgroup - [S] 211 0 4000 4321 example.currently.empty.newsgroup - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 38] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example reselecting the currently selected newsgroup: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 234 567 misc.test - [C] STAT 444 - [S] 223 444 <123456@example.net> retrieved - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 234 567 misc.test - [C] STAT - [S] 223 234 retrieved - -6.1.2. LISTGROUP - -6.1.2.1. Usage - - Indicating capability: READER - - Syntax - LISTGROUP [group [range]] - - Responses - 211 number low high group Article numbers follow (multi-line) - 411 No such newsgroup - 412 No newsgroup selected [1] - - Parameters - group Name of newsgroup - range Range of articles to report - number Estimated number of articles in the group - low Reported low water mark - high Reported high water mark - - [1] The 412 response can only occur if no group has been specified. - -6.1.2.2. Description - - The LISTGROUP command selects a newsgroup in the same manner as the - GROUP command (see Section 6.1.1) but also provides a list of article - numbers in the newsgroup. If no group is specified, the currently - selected newsgroup is used. - - On success, a list of article numbers is returned as a multi-line - data block following the 211 response code (the arguments on the - initial response line are the same as for the GROUP command). The - list contains one number per line and is in numerical order. It - lists precisely those articles that exist in the group at the moment - of selection (therefore, an empty group produces an empty list). If - the optional range argument is specified, only articles within the - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 39] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - range are included in the list (therefore, the list MAY be empty even - if the group is not). - - The range argument may be any of the following: - - o An article number. - - o An article number followed by a dash to indicate all following. - - o An article number followed by a dash followed by another article - number. - - In the last case, if the second number is less than the first number, - then the range contains no articles. Omitting the range is - equivalent to the range 1- being specified. - - If the group specified is not available on the server, a 411 response - MUST be returned. If no group is specified and the currently - selected newsgroup is invalid, a 412 response MUST be returned. - - Except that the group argument is optional, that a range argument can - be specified, and that a multi-line data block follows the 211 - response code, the LISTGROUP command is identical to the GROUP - command. In particular, when successful, the command sets the - current article number to the first article in the group, if any, - even if this is not within the range specified by the second - argument. - - Note that the range argument is a new feature in this specification - and servers that do not support CAPABILITIES (and therefore do not - conform to this specification) are unlikely to support it. - -6.1.2.3. Examples - - Example of LISTGROUP being used to select a group: - - [C] LISTGROUP misc.test - [S] 211 2000 3000234 3002322 misc.test list follows - [S] 3000234 - [S] 3000237 - [S] 3000238 - [S] 3000239 - [S] 3002322 - [S] . - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 40] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of LISTGROUP on an empty group: - - [C] LISTGROUP example.empty.newsgroup - [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup list follows - [S] . - - Example of LISTGROUP on a valid, currently selected newsgroup: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 2000 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] LISTGROUP - [S] 211 2000 3000234 3002322 misc.test list follows - [S] 3000234 - [S] 3000237 - [S] 3000238 - [S] 3000239 - [S] 3002322 - [S] . - - Example of LISTGROUP with a range: - - [C] LISTGROUP misc.test 3000238-3000248 - [S] 211 2000 3000234 3002322 misc.test list follows - [S] 3000238 - [S] 3000239 - [S] . - - Example of LISTGROUP with an empty range: - - [C] LISTGROUP misc.test 12345678- - [S] 211 2000 3000234 3002322 misc.test list follows - [S] . - - Example of LISTGROUP with an invalid range: - - [C] LISTGROUP misc.test 9999-111 - [S] 211 2000 3000234 3002322 misc.test list follows - [S] . - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 41] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -6.1.3. LAST - -6.1.3.1. Usage - - Indicating capability: READER - - Syntax - LAST - - Responses - 223 n message-id Article found - 412 No newsgroup selected - 420 Current article number is invalid - 422 No previous article in this group - - Parameters - n Article number - message-id Article message-id - -6.1.3.2. Description - - If the currently selected newsgroup is valid, the current article - number MUST be set to the previous article in that newsgroup (that - is, the highest existing article number less than the current article - number). If successful, a response indicating the new current - article number and the message-id of that article MUST be returned. - No article text is sent in response to this command. - - There MAY be no previous article in the group, although the current - article number is not the reported low water mark. There MUST NOT be - a previous article when the current article number is the reported - low water mark. - - Because articles can be removed and added, the results of multiple - LAST and NEXT commands MAY not be consistent over the life of a - particular NNTP session. - - If the current article number is already the first article of the - newsgroup, a 422 response MUST be returned. If the current article - number is invalid, a 420 response MUST be returned. If the currently - selected newsgroup is invalid, a 412 response MUST be returned. In - all three cases, the currently selected newsgroup and current article - number MUST NOT be altered. - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 42] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -6.1.3.3. Examples - - Example of a successful article retrieval using LAST: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] NEXT - [S] 223 3000237 <668929@example.org> retrieved - [C] LAST - [S] 223 3000234 <45223423@example.com> retrieved - - Example of an attempt to retrieve an article without having selected - a group (via the GROUP command) first: - - [Assumes currently selected newsgroup is invalid.] - [C] LAST - [S] 412 no newsgroup selected - - Example of an attempt to retrieve an article using the LAST command - when the current article number is that of the first article in the - group: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] LAST - [S] 422 No previous article to retrieve - - Example of an attempt to retrieve an article using the LAST command - when the currently selected newsgroup is empty: - - [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup - [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup - [C] LAST - [S] 420 No current article selected - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 43] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -6.1.4. NEXT - -6.1.4.1. Usage - - Indicating capability: READER - - Syntax - NEXT - - Responses - 223 n message-id Article found - 412 No newsgroup selected - 420 Current article number is invalid - 421 No next article in this group - - Parameters - n Article number - message-id Article message-id - -6.1.4.2. Description - - If the currently selected newsgroup is valid, the current article - number MUST be set to the next article in that newsgroup (that is, - the lowest existing article number greater than the current article - number). If successful, a response indicating the new current - article number and the message-id of that article MUST be returned. - No article text is sent in response to this command. - - If the current article number is already the last article of the - newsgroup, a 421 response MUST be returned. In all other aspects - (apart, of course, from the lack of 422 response), this command is - identical to the LAST command (Section 6.1.3). - -6.1.4.3. Examples - - Example of a successful article retrieval using NEXT: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] NEXT - [S] 223 3000237 <668929@example.org> retrieved - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 44] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of an attempt to retrieve an article without having selected - a group (via the GROUP command) first: - - [Assumes currently selected newsgroup is invalid.] - [C] NEXT - [S] 412 no newsgroup selected - - Example of an attempt to retrieve an article using the NEXT command - when the current article number is that of the last article in the - group: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] STAT 3002322 - [S] 223 3002322 <411@example.net> retrieved - [C] NEXT - [S] 421 No next article to retrieve - - Example of an attempt to retrieve an article using the NEXT command - when the currently selected newsgroup is empty: - - [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup - [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup - [C] NEXT - [S] 420 No current article selected - -6.2. Retrieval of Articles and Article Sections - - The ARTICLE, BODY, HEAD, and STAT commands are very similar. They - differ only in the parts of the article that are presented to the - client and in the successful response code. The ARTICLE command is - described here in full, while the other three commands are described - in terms of the differences. As specified in Section 3.6, an article - consists of two parts: the article headers and the article body. - - When responding to one of these commands, the server MUST present the - entire article or appropriate part and MUST NOT attempt to alter or - translate it in any way. - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 45] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -6.2.1. ARTICLE - -6.2.1.1. Usage - - Indicating capability: READER - - Syntax - ARTICLE message-id - ARTICLE number - ARTICLE - - Responses - - First form (message-id specified) - 220 0|n message-id Article follows (multi-line) - 430 No article with that message-id - - Second form (article number specified) - 220 n message-id Article follows (multi-line) - 412 No newsgroup selected - 423 No article with that number - - Third form (current article number used) - 220 n message-id Article follows (multi-line) - 412 No newsgroup selected - 420 Current article number is invalid - - Parameters - number Requested article number - n Returned article number - message-id Article message-id - -6.2.1.2. Description - - The ARTICLE command selects an article according to the arguments and - presents the entire article (that is, the headers, an empty line, and - the body, in that order) to the client. The command has three forms. - - In the first form, a message-id is specified, and the server presents - the article with that message-id. In this case, the server MUST NOT - alter the currently selected newsgroup or current article number. - This is both to facilitate the presentation of articles that may be - referenced within another article being read, and because of the - semantic difficulties of determining the proper sequence and - membership of an article that may have been cross-posted to more than - one newsgroup. - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 46] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - In the response, the article number MUST be replaced with zero, - unless there is a currently selected newsgroup and the article is - present in that group, in which case the server MAY use the article's - number in that group. (The server is not required to determine - whether the article is in the currently selected newsgroup or, if so, - what article number it has; the client MUST always be prepared for - zero to be specified.) The server MUST NOT provide an article number - unless use of that number in a second ARTICLE command immediately - following this one would return the same article. Even if the server - chooses to return article numbers in these circumstances, it need not - do so consistently; it MAY return zero to any such command (also see - the STAT examples, Section 6.2.4.3). - - In the second form, an article number is specified. If there is an - article with that number in the currently selected newsgroup, the - server MUST set the current article number to that number. - - In the third form, the article indicated by the current article - number in the currently selected newsgroup is used. - - Note that a previously valid article number MAY become invalid if the - article has been removed. A previously invalid article number MAY - become valid if the article has been reinstated, but this article - number MUST be no less than the reported low water mark for that - group. - - The server MUST NOT change the currently selected newsgroup as a - result of this command. The server MUST NOT change the current - article number except when an article number argument was provided - and the article exists; in particular, it MUST NOT change it - following an unsuccessful response. - - Since the message-id is unique for each article, it may be used by a - client to skip duplicate displays of articles that have been posted - more than once, or to more than one newsgroup. - - The article is returned as a multi-line data block following the 220 - response code. - - If the argument is a message-id and no such article exists, a 430 - response MUST be returned. If the argument is a number or is omitted - and the currently selected newsgroup is invalid, a 412 response MUST - be returned. If the argument is a number and that article does not - exist in the currently selected newsgroup, a 423 response MUST be - returned. If the argument is omitted and the current article number - is invalid, a 420 response MUST be returned. - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 47] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -6.2.1.3. Examples - - Example of a successful retrieval of an article (explicitly not using - an article number): - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] ARTICLE - [S] 220 3000234 <45223423@example.com> - [S] Path: pathost!demo!whitehouse!not-for-mail - [S] From: "Demo User" - [S] Newsgroups: misc.test - [S] Subject: I am just a test article - [S] Date: 6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500 - [S] Organization: An Example Net, Uncertain, Texas - [S] Message-ID: <45223423@example.com> - [S] - [S] This is just a test article. - [S] . - - Example of a successful retrieval of an article by message-id: - - [C] ARTICLE <45223423@example.com> - [S] 220 0 <45223423@example.com> - [S] Path: pathost!demo!whitehouse!not-for-mail - [S] From: "Demo User" - [S] Newsgroups: misc.test - [S] Subject: I am just a test article - [S] Date: 6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500 - [S] Organization: An Example Net, Uncertain, Texas - [S] Message-ID: <45223423@example.com> - [S] - [S] This is just a test article. - [S] . - - Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of an article by message-id: - - [C] ARTICLE - [S] 430 No Such Article Found - - Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of an article by number: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 news.groups - [C] ARTICLE 300256 - [S] 423 No article with that number - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 48] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of an article by number because - no newsgroup was selected first: - - [Assumes currently selected newsgroup is invalid.] - [C] ARTICLE 300256 - [S] 412 No newsgroup selected - - Example of an attempt to retrieve an article when the currently - selected newsgroup is empty: - - [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup - [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup - [C] ARTICLE - [S] 420 No current article selected - -6.2.2. HEAD - -6.2.2.1. Usage - - This command is mandatory. - - Syntax - HEAD message-id - HEAD number - HEAD - - Responses - - First form (message-id specified) - 221 0|n message-id Headers follow (multi-line) - 430 No article with that message-id - - Second form (article number specified) - 221 n message-id Headers follow (multi-line) - 412 No newsgroup selected - 423 No article with that number - - Third form (current article number used) - 221 n message-id Headers follow (multi-line) - 412 No newsgroup selected - 420 Current article number is invalid - - Parameters - number Requested article number - n Returned article number - message-id Article message-id - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 49] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -6.2.2.2. Description - - The HEAD command behaves identically to the ARTICLE command except - that, if the article exists, the response code is 221 instead of 220 - and only the headers are presented (the empty line separating the - headers and body MUST NOT be included). - -6.2.2.3. Examples - - Example of a successful retrieval of the headers of an article - (explicitly not using an article number): - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] HEAD - [S] 221 3000234 <45223423@example.com> - [S] Path: pathost!demo!whitehouse!not-for-mail - [S] From: "Demo User" - [S] Newsgroups: misc.test - [S] Subject: I am just a test article - [S] Date: 6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500 - [S] Organization: An Example Net, Uncertain, Texas - [S] Message-ID: <45223423@example.com> - [S] . - - Example of a successful retrieval of the headers of an article by - message-id: - - [C] HEAD <45223423@example.com> - [S] 221 0 <45223423@example.com> - [S] Path: pathost!demo!whitehouse!not-for-mail - [S] From: "Demo User" - [S] Newsgroups: misc.test - [S] Subject: I am just a test article - [S] Date: 6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500 - [S] Organization: An Example Net, Uncertain, Texas - [S] Message-ID: <45223423@example.com> - [S] . - - Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of the headers of an article by - message-id: - - [C] HEAD - [S] 430 No Such Article Found - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 50] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of the headers of an article by - number: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] HEAD 300256 - [S] 423 No article with that number - - Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of the headers of an article by - number because no newsgroup was selected first: - - [Assumes currently selected newsgroup is invalid.] - [C] HEAD 300256 - [S] 412 No newsgroup selected - - Example of an attempt to retrieve the headers of an article when the - currently selected newsgroup is empty: - - [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup - [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup - [C] HEAD - [S] 420 No current article selected - -6.2.3. BODY - -6.2.3.1. Usage - - Indicating capability: READER - - Syntax - BODY message-id - BODY number - BODY - - Responses - - First form (message-id specified) - 222 0|n message-id Body follows (multi-line) - 430 No article with that message-id - - Second form (article number specified) - 222 n message-id Body follows (multi-line) - 412 No newsgroup selected - 423 No article with that number - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 51] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Third form (current article number used) - 222 n message-id Body follows (multi-line) - 412 No newsgroup selected - 420 Current article number is invalid - - Parameters - number Requested article number - n Returned article number - message-id Article message-id - -6.2.3.2. Description - - The BODY command behaves identically to the ARTICLE command except - that, if the article exists, the response code is 222 instead of 220 - and only the body is presented (the empty line separating the headers - and body MUST NOT be included). - -6.2.3.3. Examples - - Example of a successful retrieval of the body of an article - (explicitly not using an article number): - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] BODY - [S] 222 3000234 <45223423@example.com> - [S] This is just a test article. - [S] . - - Example of a successful retrieval of the body of an article by - message-id: - - [C] BODY <45223423@example.com> - [S] 222 0 <45223423@example.com> - [S] This is just a test article. - [S] . - - Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of the body of an article by - message-id: - - [C] BODY - [S] 430 No Such Article Found - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 52] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of the body of an article by - number: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] BODY 300256 - [S] 423 No article with that number - - Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of the body of an article by - number because no newsgroup was selected first: - - [Assumes currently selected newsgroup is invalid.] - [C] BODY 300256 - [S] 412 No newsgroup selected - - Example of an attempt to retrieve the body of an article when the - currently selected newsgroup is empty: - - [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup - [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup - [C] BODY - [S] 420 No current article selected - -6.2.4. STAT - -6.2.4.1. Usage - - This command is mandatory. - - Syntax - STAT message-id - STAT number - STAT - - Responses - - First form (message-id specified) - 223 0|n message-id Article exists - 430 No article with that message-id - - Second form (article number specified) - 223 n message-id Article exists - 412 No newsgroup selected - 423 No article with that number - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 53] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Third form (current article number used) - 223 n message-id Article exists - 412 No newsgroup selected - 420 Current article number is invalid - - Parameters - number Requested article number - n Returned article number - message-id Article message-id - -6.2.4.2. Description - - The STAT command behaves identically to the ARTICLE command except - that, if the article exists, it is NOT presented to the client and - the response code is 223 instead of 220. Note that the response is - NOT multi-line. - - This command allows the client to determine whether an article exists - and, in the second and third forms, what its message-id is, without - having to process an arbitrary amount of text. - -6.2.4.3. Examples - - Example of STAT on an existing article (explicitly not using an - article number): - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] STAT - [S] 223 3000234 <45223423@example.com> - - Example of STAT on an existing article by message-id: - - [C] STAT <45223423@example.com> - [S] 223 0 <45223423@example.com> - - Example of STAT on an article not on the server by message-id: - - [C] STAT - [S] 430 No Such Article Found - - Example of STAT on an article not in the server by number: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] STAT 300256 - [S] 423 No article with that number - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 54] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of STAT on an article by number when no newsgroup was - selected first: - - [Assumes currently selected newsgroup is invalid.] - [C] STAT 300256 - [S] 412 No newsgroup selected - - Example of STAT on an article when the currently selected newsgroup - is empty: - - [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup - [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup - [C] STAT - [S] 420 No current article selected - - Example of STAT by message-id on a server that sometimes reports the - actual article number: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] STAT - [S] 223 3000234 <45223423@example.com> - [C] STAT <45223423@example.com> - [S] 223 0 <45223423@example.com> - [C] STAT <45223423@example.com> - [S] 223 3000234 <45223423@example.com> - [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup - [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup - [C] STAT <45223423@example.com> - [S] 223 0 <45223423@example.com> - [C] GROUP alt.crossposts - [S] 211 9999 111111 222222 alt.crossposts - [C] STAT <45223423@example.com> - [S] 223 123456 <45223423@example.com> - [C] STAT - [S] 223 111111 <23894720@example.com> - - The first STAT command establishes the identity of an article in the - group. The second and third show that the server may, but need not, - give the article number when the message-id is specified. The fourth - STAT command shows that zero must be specified if the article isn't - in the currently selected newsgroup. The fifth shows that the - number, if provided, must be that relating to the currently selected - newsgroup. The last one shows that the current article number is - still not changed by the use of STAT with a message-id even if it - returns an article number. - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 55] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -6.3. Article Posting - - Article posting is done in one of two ways: individual article - posting from news-reading clients using POST, and article transfer - from other news servers using IHAVE. - -6.3.1. POST - -6.3.1.1. Usage - - Indicating capability: POST - - This command MUST NOT be pipelined. - - Syntax - POST - - Responses - - Initial responses - 340 Send article to be posted - 440 Posting not permitted - - Subsequent responses - 240 Article received OK - 441 Posting failed - -6.3.1.2. Description - - If posting is allowed, a 340 response MUST be returned to indicate - that the article to be posted should be sent. If posting is - prohibited for some installation-dependent reason, a 440 response - MUST be returned. - - If posting is permitted, the article MUST be in the format specified - in Section 3.6 and MUST be sent by the client to the server as a - multi-line data block (see Section 3.1.1). Thus a single dot (".") - on a line indicates the end of the text, and lines starting with a - dot in the original text have that dot doubled during transmission. - - Following the presentation of the termination sequence by the client, - the server MUST return a response indicating success or failure of - the article transfer. Note that response codes 340 and 440 are used - in direct response to the POST command while 240 and 441 are returned - after the article is sent. - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 56] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - A response of 240 SHOULD indicate that, barring unforeseen server - errors, the posted article will be made available on the server - and/or transferred to other servers, as appropriate, possibly - following further processing. In other words, articles not wanted by - the server SHOULD be rejected with a 441 response, rather than being - accepted and then discarded silently. However, the client SHOULD NOT - assume that the article has been successfully transferred unless it - receives an affirmative response from the server and SHOULD NOT - assume that it is being made available to other clients without - explicitly checking (for example, using the STAT command). - - If the session is interrupted before the response is received, it is - possible that an affirmative response was sent but has been lost. - Therefore, in any subsequent session, the client SHOULD either check - whether the article was successfully posted before resending or - ensure that the server will allocate the same message-id to the new - attempt (see Appendix A.2). The latter approach is preferred since - the article might not have been made available for reading yet (for - example, it may have to go through a moderation process). - -6.3.1.3. Examples - - Example of a successful posting: - - [C] POST - [S] 340 Input article; end with . - [C] From: "Demo User" - [C] Newsgroups: misc.test - [C] Subject: I am just a test article - [C] Organization: An Example Net - [C] - [C] This is just a test article. - [C] . - [S] 240 Article received OK - - Example of an unsuccessful posting: - - [C] POST - [S] 340 Input article; end with . - [C] From: "Demo User" - [C] Newsgroups: misc.test - [C] Subject: I am just a test article - [C] Organization: An Example Net - [C] - [C] This is just a test article. - [C] . - [S] 441 Posting failed - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 57] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of an attempt to post when posting is not allowed: - - [Initial connection set-up completed.] - [S] 201 NNTP Service Ready, posting prohibited - [C] POST - [S] 440 Posting not permitted - -6.3.2. IHAVE - -6.3.2.1. Usage - - Indicating capability: IHAVE - - This command MUST NOT be pipelined. - - Syntax - IHAVE message-id - - Responses - - Initial responses - 335 Send article to be transferred - 435 Article not wanted - 436 Transfer not possible; try again later - - Subsequent responses - 235 Article transferred OK - 436 Transfer failed; try again later - 437 Transfer rejected; do not retry - - Parameters - message-id Article message-id - -6.3.2.2. Description - - The IHAVE command informs the server that the client has an article - with the specified message-id. If the server desires a copy of that - article, a 335 response MUST be returned, instructing the client to - send the entire article. If the server does not want the article - (if, for example, the server already has a copy of it), a 435 - response MUST be returned, indicating that the article is not wanted. - Finally, if the article isn't wanted immediately but the client - should retry later if possible (if, for example, another client is in - the process of sending the same article to the server), a 436 - response MUST be returned. - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 58] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - If transmission of the article is requested, the client MUST send the - entire article, including headers and body, to the server as a - multi-line data block (see Section 3.1.1). Thus, a single dot (".") - on a line indicates the end of the text, and lines starting with a - dot in the original text have that dot doubled during transmission. - The server MUST return a 235 response, indicating that the article - was successfully transferred; a 436 response, indicating that the - transfer failed but should be tried again later; or a 437 response, - indicating that the article was rejected. - - This function differs from the POST command in that it is intended - for use in transferring already-posted articles between hosts. It - SHOULD NOT be used when the client is a personal news-reading - program, since use of this command indicates that the article has - already been posted at another site and is simply being forwarded - from another host. However, despite this, the server MAY elect not - to post or forward the article if, after further examination of the - article, it deems it inappropriate to do so. Reasons for such - subsequent rejection of an article may include problems such as - inappropriate newsgroups or distributions, disc space limitations, - article lengths, garbled headers, and the like. These are typically - restrictions enforced by the server host's news software and not - necessarily by the NNTP server itself. - - The client SHOULD NOT assume that the article has been successfully - transferred unless it receives an affirmative response from the - server. A lack of response (such as a dropped network connection or - a network timeout) SHOULD be treated the same as a 436 response. - - Because some news server software may not immediately be able to - determine whether an article is suitable for posting or forwarding, - an NNTP server MAY acknowledge the successful transfer of the article - (with a 235 response) but later silently discard it. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 59] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -6.3.2.3. Examples - - Example of successfully sending an article to another site: - - [C] IHAVE - [S] 335 Send it; end with . - [C] Path: pathost!demo!somewhere!not-for-mail - [C] From: "Demo User" - [C] Newsgroups: misc.test - [C] Subject: I am just a test article - [C] Date: 6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500 - [C] Organization: An Example Com, San Jose, CA - [C] Message-ID: - [C] - [C] This is just a test article. - [C] . - [S] 235 Article transferred OK - - Example of sending an article to another site that rejects it. Note - that the message-id in the IHAVE command is not the same as the one - in the article headers; while this is bad practice and SHOULD NOT be - done, it is not forbidden. - - [C] IHAVE - [S] 335 Send it; end with . - [C] Path: pathost!demo!somewhere!not-for-mail - [C] From: "Demo User" - [C] Newsgroups: misc.test - [C] Subject: I am just a test article - [C] Date: 6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500 - [C] Organization: An Example Com, San Jose, CA - [C] Message-ID: - [C] - [C] This is just a test article. - [C] . - [S] 437 Article rejected; don't send again - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 60] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of sending an article to another site where the transfer - fails: - - [C] IHAVE - [S] 335 Send it; end with . - [C] Path: pathost!demo!somewhere!not-for-mail - [C] From: "Demo User" - [C] Newsgroups: misc.test - [C] Subject: I am just a test article - [C] Date: 6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500 - [C] Organization: An Example Com, San Jose, CA - [C] Message-ID: - [C] - [C] This is just a test article. - [C] . - [S] 436 Transfer failed - - Example of sending an article to a site that already has it: - - [C] IHAVE - [S] 435 Duplicate - - Example of sending an article to a site that requests that the - article be tried again later: - - [C] IHAVE - [S] 436 Retry later - -7. Information Commands - - This section lists other commands that may be used at any time - between the beginning of a session and its termination. Using these - commands does not alter any state information, but the response - generated from their use may provide useful information to clients. - -7.1. DATE - -7.1.1. Usage - - Indicating capability: READER - - Syntax - DATE - - Responses - 111 yyyymmddhhmmss Server date and time - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 61] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Parameters - yyyymmddhhmmss Current UTC date and time on server - -7.1.2. Description - - This command exists to help clients find out the current Coordinated - Universal Time [TF.686-1] from the server's perspective. This - command SHOULD NOT be used as a substitute for NTP [RFC1305] but to - provide information that might be useful when using the NEWNEWS - command (see Section 7.4). - - The DATE command MUST return a timestamp from the same clock as is - used for determining article arrival and group creation times (see - Section 6). This clock SHOULD be monotonic, and adjustments SHOULD - be made by running it fast or slow compared to "real" time rather - than by making sudden jumps. A system providing NNTP service SHOULD - keep the system clock as accurate as possible, either with NTP or by - some other method. - - The server MUST return a 111 response specifying the date and time on - the server in the form yyyymmddhhmmss. This date and time is in - Coordinated Universal Time. - -7.1.3. Examples - - [C] DATE - [S] 111 19990623135624 - -7.2. HELP - -7.2.1. Usage - - This command is mandatory. - - Syntax - HELP - - Responses - 100 Help text follows (multi-line) - -7.2.2. Description - - This command provides a short summary of the commands that are - understood by this implementation of the server. The help text will - be presented as a multi-line data block following the 100 response - code. - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 62] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - This text is not guaranteed to be in any particular format (but must - be UTF-8) and MUST NOT be used by clients as a replacement for the - CAPABILITIES command described in Section 5.2. - -7.2.3. Examples - - [C] HELP - [S] 100 Help text follows - [S] This is some help text. There is no specific - [S] formatting requirement for this test, though - [S] it is customary for it to list the valid commands - [S] and give a brief definition of what they do. - [S] . - -7.3. NEWGROUPS - -7.3.1. Usage - - Indicating capability: READER - - Syntax - NEWGROUPS date time [GMT] - - Responses - 231 List of new newsgroups follows (multi-line) - - Parameters - date Date in yymmdd or yyyymmdd format - time Time in hhmmss format - -7.3.2. Description - - This command returns a list of newsgroups created on the server since - the specified date and time. The results are in the same format as - the LIST ACTIVE command (see Section 7.6.3). However, they MAY - include groups not available on the server (and so not returned by - LIST ACTIVE) and MAY omit groups for which the creation date is not - available. - - The date is specified as 6 or 8 digits in the format [xx]yymmdd, - where xx is the first two digits of the year (19-99), yy is the last - two digits of the year (00-99), mm is the month (01-12), and dd is - the day of the month (01-31). Clients SHOULD specify all four digits - of the year. If the first two digits of the year are not specified - (this is supported only for backward compatibility), the year is to - be taken from the current century if yy is smaller than or equal to - the current year, and the previous century otherwise. - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 63] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - The time is specified as 6 digits in the format hhmmss, where hh is - the hours in the 24-hour clock (00-23), mm is the minutes (00-59), - and ss is the seconds (00-60, to allow for leap seconds). The token - "GMT" specifies that the date and time are given in Coordinated - Universal Time [TF.686-1]; if it is omitted, then the date and time - are specified in the server's local timezone. Note that there is no - way of using the protocol specified in this document to establish the - server's local timezone. - - Note that an empty list is a possible valid response and indicates - that there are no new newsgroups since that date-time. - - Clients SHOULD make all queries using Coordinated Universal Time - (i.e., by including the "GMT" argument) when possible. - -7.3.3. Examples - - Example where there are new groups: - - [C] NEWGROUPS 19990624 000000 GMT - [S] 231 list of new newsgroups follows - [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery 4 1 y - [S] tx.natives.recovery 89 56 y - [S] . - - Example where there are no new groups: - - [C] NEWGROUPS 19990624 000000 GMT - [S] 231 list of new newsgroups follows - [S] . - -7.4. NEWNEWS - -7.4.1. Usage - - Indicating capability: NEWNEWS - - Syntax - NEWNEWS wildmat date time [GMT] - - Responses - 230 List of new articles follows (multi-line) - - Parameters - wildmat Newsgroups of interest - date Date in yymmdd or yyyymmdd format - time Time in hhmmss format - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 64] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -7.4.2. Description - - This command returns a list of message-ids of articles posted or - received on the server, in the newsgroups whose names match the - wildmat, since the specified date and time. One message-id is sent - on each line; the order of the response has no specific significance - and may vary from response to response in the same session. A - message-id MAY appear more than once; if it does, it has the same - meaning as if it appeared only once. - - Date and time are in the same format as the NEWGROUPS command (see - Section 7.3). - - Note that an empty list is a possible valid response and indicates - that there is currently no new news in the relevant groups. - - Clients SHOULD make all queries in Coordinated Universal Time (i.e., - by using the "GMT" argument) when possible. - -7.4.3. Examples - - Example where there are new articles: - - [C] NEWNEWS news.*,sci.* 19990624 000000 GMT - [S] 230 list of new articles by message-id follows - [S] - [S] - [S] . - - Example where there are no new articles: - - [C] NEWNEWS alt.* 19990624 000000 GMT - [S] 230 list of new articles by message-id follows - [S] . - -7.5. Time - - As described in Section 6, each article has an arrival timestamp. - Each newsgroup also has a creation timestamp. These timestamps are - used by the NEWNEWS and NEWGROUP commands to construct their - responses. - - Clients can ensure that they do not have gaps in lists of articles or - groups by using the DATE command in the following manner: - - First session: - Issue DATE command and record result. - Issue NEWNEWS command using a previously chosen timestamp. - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 65] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Subsequent sessions: - Issue DATE command and hold result in temporary storage. - Issue NEWNEWS command using timestamp saved from previous session. - Overwrite saved timestamp with that currently in temporary - storage. - - In order to allow for minor errors, clients MAY want to adjust the - timestamp back by two or three minutes before using it in NEWNEWS. - -7.5.1. Examples - - First session: - - [C] DATE - [S] 111 20010203112233 - [C] NEWNEWS local.chat 20001231 235959 GMT - [S] 230 list follows - [S] - [S] - [S] - [S] . - - Second session (the client has subtracted 3 minutes from the - timestamp returned previously): - - [C] DATE - [S] 111 20010204003344 - [C] NEWNEWS local.chat 20010203 111933 GMT - [S] 230 list follows - [S] - [S] - [S] - [S] . - - Note how arrived in the 3 minute gap and so - is listed in both responses. - -7.6. The LIST Commands - - The LIST family of commands all return information that is multi-line - and that can, in general, be expected not to change during the - session. Often the information is related to newsgroups, in which - case the response has one line per newsgroup and a wildmat MAY be - provided to restrict the groups for which information is returned. - - The set of available keywords (including those provided by - extensions) is given in the capability list with capability label - LIST. - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 66] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -7.6.1. LIST - -7.6.1.1. Usage - - Indicating capability: LIST - - Syntax - LIST [keyword [wildmat|argument]] - - Responses - 215 Information follows (multi-line) - - Parameters - keyword Information requested [1] - argument Specific to keyword - wildmat Groups of interest - - [1] If no keyword is provided, it defaults to ACTIVE. - -7.6.1.2. Description - - The LIST command allows the server to provide blocks of information - to the client. This information may be global or may be related to - newsgroups; in the latter case, the information may be returned - either for all groups or only for those matching a wildmat. Each - block of information is represented by a different keyword. The - command returns the specific information identified by the keyword. - - If the information is available, it is returned as a multi-line data - block following the 215 response code. The format of the information - depends on the keyword. The information MAY be affected by the - additional argument, but the format MUST NOT be. - - If the information is based on newsgroups and the optional wildmat - argument is specified, the response is limited to only the groups (if - any) whose names match the wildmat and for which the information is - available. - - Note that an empty list is a possible valid response; for a - newsgroup-based keyword, it indicates that there are no groups - meeting the above criteria. - - If the keyword is not recognised, or if an argument is specified and - the keyword does not expect one, a 501 response code MUST BE - returned. If the keyword is recognised but the server does not - maintain the information, a 503 response code MUST BE returned. - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 67] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - The LIST command MUST NOT change the visible state of the server in - any way; that is, the behaviour of subsequent commands MUST NOT be - affected by whether the LIST command was issued. For example, it - MUST NOT make groups available that otherwise would not have been. - -7.6.1.3. Examples - - Example of LIST with the ACTIVE keyword: - - [C] LIST ACTIVE - [S] 215 list of newsgroups follows - [S] misc.test 3002322 3000234 y - [S] comp.risks 442001 441099 m - [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery 4 1 y - [S] tx.natives.recovery 89 56 y - [S] tx.natives.recovery.d 11 9 n - [S] . - - Example of LIST with no keyword: - - [C] LIST - [S] 215 list of newsgroups follows - [S] misc.test 3002322 3000234 y - [S] comp.risks 442001 441099 m - [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery 4 1 y - [S] tx.natives.recovery 89 56 y - [S] tx.natives.recovery.d 11 9 n - [S] . - - The output is identical to that of the previous example. - - Example of LIST on a newsgroup-based keyword with and without - wildmat: - - [C] LIST ACTIVE.TIMES - [S] 215 information follows - [S] misc.test 930445408 - [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery 930562309 - [S] tx.natives.recovery 930678923 - [S] . - [C] LIST ACTIVE.TIMES tx.* - [S] 215 information follows - [S] tx.natives.recovery 930678923 - [S] . - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 68] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of LIST returning an error where the keyword is recognized - but the software does not maintain this information: - - [C] CAPABILITIES - [S] 101 Capability list: - [S] VERSION 2 - [S] READER - [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS ACTIVE.TIMES XTRA.DATA - [S] . - [C] LIST XTRA.DATA - [S] 503 Data item not stored - - Example of LIST where the keyword is not recognised: - - [C] CAPABILITIES - [S] 101 Capability list: - [S] VERSION 2 - [S] READER - [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS ACTIVE.TIMES XTRA.DATA - [S] . - [C] LIST DISTRIB.PATS - [S] 501 Syntax Error - -7.6.2. Standard LIST Keywords - - This specification defines the following LIST keywords: - - +--------------+---------------+------------------------------------+ - | Keyword | Definition | Status | - +--------------+---------------+------------------------------------+ - | ACTIVE | Section 7.6.3 | Mandatory if the READER capability | - | | | is advertised | - | | | | - | ACTIVE.TIMES | Section 7.6.4 | Optional | - | | | | - | DISTRIB.PATS | Section 7.6.5 | Optional | - | | | | - | HEADERS | Section 8.6 | Mandatory if the HDR capability is | - | | | advertised | - | | | | - | NEWSGROUPS | Section 7.6.6 | Mandatory if the READER capability | - | | | is advertised | - | | | | - | OVERVIEW.FMT | Section 8.4 | Mandatory if the OVER capability | - | | | is advertised | - +--------------+---------------+------------------------------------+ - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 69] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Where one of these LIST keywords is supported by a server, it MUST - have the meaning given in the relevant sub-section. - -7.6.3. LIST ACTIVE - - This keyword MUST be supported by servers advertising the READER - capability. - - LIST ACTIVE returns a list of valid newsgroups and associated - information. If no wildmat is specified, the server MUST include - every group that the client is permitted to select with the GROUP - command (Section 6.1.1). Each line of this list consists of four - fields separated from each other by one or more spaces: - - o The name of the newsgroup. - o The reported high water mark for the group. - o The reported low water mark for the group. - o The current status of the group on this server. - - The reported high and low water marks are as described in the GROUP - command (see Section 6.1.1), but note that they are in the opposite - order to the 211 response to that command. - - The status field is typically one of the following: - - "y" Posting is permitted. - - "n" Posting is not permitted. - - "m" Postings will be forwarded to the newsgroup moderator. - - The server SHOULD use these values when these meanings are required - and MUST NOT use them with any other meaning. Other values for the - status may exist; the definition of these other values and the - circumstances under which they are returned may be specified in an - extension or may be private to the server. A client SHOULD treat an - unrecognized status as giving no information. - - The status of a newsgroup only indicates how posts to that newsgroup - are normally processed and is not necessarily customised to the - specific client. For example, if the current client is forbidden - from posting, then this will apply equally to groups with status "y". - Conversely, a client with special privileges (not defined by this - specification) might be able to post to a group with status "n". - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 70] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - For example: - - [C] LIST ACTIVE - [S] 215 list of newsgroups follows - [S] misc.test 3002322 3000234 y - [S] comp.risks 442001 441099 m - [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery 4 1 y - [S] tx.natives.recovery 89 56 y - [S] tx.natives.recovery.d 11 9 n - [S] . - - or, on an implementation that includes leading zeroes: - - [C] LIST ACTIVE - [S] 215 list of newsgroups follows - [S] misc.test 0003002322 0003000234 y - [S] comp.risks 0000442001 0000441099 m - [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery 0000000004 0000000001 y - [S] tx.natives.recovery 0000000089 0000000056 y - [S] tx.natives.recovery.d 0000000011 0000000009 n - [S] . - - The information is newsgroup based, and a wildmat MAY be specified, - in which case the response is limited to only the groups (if any) - whose names match the wildmat. For example: - - [C] LIST ACTIVE *.recovery - [S] 215 list of newsgroups follows - [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery 4 1 y - [S] tx.natives.recovery 89 56 y - [S] . - -7.6.4. LIST ACTIVE.TIMES - - This keyword is optional. - - The active.times list is maintained by some NNTP servers to contain - information about who created a particular newsgroup and when. Each - line of this list consists of three fields separated from each other - by one or more spaces. The first field is the name of the newsgroup. - The second is the time when this group was created on this news - server, measured in seconds since the start of January 1, 1970. The - third is plain text intended to describe the entity that created the - newsgroup; it is often a mailbox as defined in RFC 2822 [RFC2822]. - For example: - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 71] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - [C] LIST ACTIVE.TIMES - [S] 215 information follows - [S] misc.test 930445408 - [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery 930562309 - [S] tx.natives.recovery 930678923 - [S] . - - The list MAY omit newsgroups for which the information is unavailable - and MAY include groups not available on the server; in particular, it - MAY omit all groups created before the date and time of the oldest - entry. The client MUST NOT assume that the list is complete or that - it matches the list returned by the LIST ACTIVE command - (Section 7.6.3). The NEWGROUPS command (Section 7.3) may provide a - better way to access this information, and the results of the two - commands SHOULD be consistent except that, if the latter is invoked - with a date and time earlier than the oldest entry in active.times - list, its result may include extra groups. - - The information is newsgroup based, and a wildmat MAY be specified, - in which case the response is limited to only the groups (if any) - whose names match the wildmat. - -7.6.5. LIST DISTRIB.PATS - - This keyword is optional. - - The distrib.pats list is maintained by some NNTP servers to assist - clients to choose a value for the content of the Distribution header - of a news article being posted. Each line of this list consists of - three fields separated from each other by a colon (":"). The first - field is a weight, the second field is a wildmat (which may be a - simple newsgroup name), and the third field is a value for the - Distribution header content. For example: - - [C] LIST DISTRIB.PATS - [S] 215 information follows - [S] 10:local.*:local - [S] 5:*:world - [S] 20:local.here.*:thissite - [S] . - - The client MAY use this information to construct an appropriate - Distribution header given the name of a newsgroup. To do so, it - should determine the lines whose second field matches the newsgroup - name, select from among them the line with the highest weight (with 0 - being the lowest), and use the value of the third field to construct - the Distribution header. - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 72] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - The information is not newsgroup based, and an argument MUST NOT be - specified. - -7.6.6. LIST NEWSGROUPS - - This keyword MUST be supported by servers advertising the READER - capability. - - The newsgroups list is maintained by NNTP servers to contain the name - of each newsgroup that is available on the server and a short - description about the purpose of the group. Each line of this list - consists of two fields separated from each other by one or more space - or TAB characters (the usual practice is a single TAB). The first - field is the name of the newsgroup, and the second is a short - description of the group. For example: - - [C] LIST NEWSGROUPS - [S] 215 information follows - [S] misc.test General Usenet testing - [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery RFC Writers Recovery - [S] tx.natives.recovery Texas Natives Recovery - [S] . - - The list MAY omit newsgroups for which the information is unavailable - and MAY include groups not available on the server. The client MUST - NOT assume that the list is complete or that it matches the list - returned by LIST ACTIVE. - - The description SHOULD be in UTF-8. However, servers often obtain - the information from external sources. These sources may have used - different encodings (ones that use octets in the range 128 to 255 in - some other manner) and, in that case, the server MAY pass it on - unchanged. Therefore, clients MUST be prepared to receive such - descriptions. - - The information is newsgroup based, and a wildmat MAY be specified, - in which case the response is limited to only the groups (if any) - whose names match the wildmat. - -8. Article Field Access Commands - - This section lists commands that may be used to access specific - article fields; that is, headers of articles and metadata about - articles. These commands typically fetch data from an "overview - database", which is a database of headers extracted from incoming - articles plus metadata determined as the article arrives. Only - certain fields are included in the database. - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 73] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - This section is based on the Overview/NOV database [ROBE1995] - developed by Geoff Collyer. - -8.1. Article Metadata - - Article "metadata" is data about articles that does not occur within - the article itself. Each metadata item has a name that MUST begin - with a colon (and that MUST NOT contain a colon elsewhere within it). - As with header names, metadata item names are not case sensitive. - - When generating a metadata item, the server MUST compute it for - itself and MUST NOT trust any related value provided in the article. - (In particular, a Lines or Bytes header in the article MUST NOT be - assumed to specify the correct number of lines or bytes in the - article.) If the server has access to several non-identical copies - of an article, the value returned MUST be correct for any copy of - that article retrieved during the same session. - - This specification defines two metadata items: ":bytes" and ":lines". - Other metadata items may be defined by extensions. The names of - metadata items defined by registered extensions MUST NOT begin with - ":x-". To avoid the risk of a clash with a future registered - extension, the names of metadata items defined by private extensions - SHOULD begin with ":x-". - -8.1.1. The :bytes Metadata Item - - The :bytes metadata item for an article is a decimal integer. It - SHOULD equal the number of octets in the entire article: headers, - body, and separating empty line (counting a CRLF pair as two octets, - and excluding both the "." CRLF terminating the response and any "." - added for "dot-stuffing" purposes). - - Note to client implementers: some existing servers return a value - different from that above. The commonest reasons for this are as - follows: - - o Counting a CRLF pair as one octet. - - o Including the "." character used for dot-stuffing in the number. - - o Including the terminating "." CRLF in the number. - - o Using one copy of an article for counting the octets but then - returning another one that differs in some (permitted) manner. - - Implementations should be prepared for such variation and MUST NOT - rely on the value being accurate. - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 74] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -8.1.2. The :lines Metadata Item - - The :lines metadata item for an article is a decimal integer. It - MUST equal the number of lines in the article body (excluding the - empty line separating headers and body). Equivalently, it is two - less than the number of CRLF pairs that the BODY command would return - for that article (the extra two are those following the response code - and the termination octet). - -8.2. Database Consistency - - The information stored in the overview database may change over time. - If the database records the content or absence of a given field (that - is, a header or metadata item) for all articles, it is said to be - "consistent" for that field. If it records the content of a header - for some articles but not for others that nevertheless included that - header, or if it records a metadata item for some articles but not - for others to which that item applies, it is said to be - "inconsistent" for that field. - - The LIST OVERVIEW.FMT command SHOULD list all the fields for which - the database is consistent at that moment. It MAY omit such fields - (for example, if it is not known whether the database is consistent - or inconsistent). It MUST NOT include fields for which the database - is inconsistent or that are not stored in the database. Therefore, - if a header appears in the LIST OVERVIEW.FMT output but not in the - OVER output for a given article, that header does not appear in the - article (similarly for metadata items). - - These rules assume that the fields being stored in the database - remain constant for long periods of time, and therefore the database - will be consistent. When the set of fields to be stored is changed, - it will be inconsistent until either the database is rebuilt or the - only articles remaining are those received since the change. - Therefore, the output from LIST OVERVIEW.FMT needs to be altered - twice. Firstly, before any fields stop being stored they MUST be - removed from the output; then, when the database is once more known - to be consistent, the new fields SHOULD be added to the output. - - If the HDR command uses the overview database rather than taking - information directly from the articles, the same issues of - consistency and inconsistency apply, and the LIST HEADERS command - SHOULD take the same approach as the LIST OVERVIEW.FMT command in - resolving them. - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 75] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -8.3. OVER - -8.3.1. Usage - - Indicating capability: OVER - - Syntax - OVER message-id - OVER range - OVER - - Responses - - First form (message-id specified) - 224 Overview information follows (multi-line) - 430 No article with that message-id - - Second form (range specified) - 224 Overview information follows (multi-line) - 412 No newsgroup selected - 423 No articles in that range - - Third form (current article number used) - 224 Overview information follows (multi-line) - 412 No newsgroup selected - 420 Current article number is invalid - - Parameters - range Number(s) of articles - message-id Message-id of article - -8.3.2. Description - - The OVER command returns the contents of all the fields in the - database for an article specified by message-id, or from a specified - article or range of articles in the currently selected newsgroup. - - The message-id argument indicates a specific article. The range - argument may be any of the following: - - o An article number. - - o An article number followed by a dash to indicate all following. - - o An article number followed by a dash followed by another article - number. - - If neither is specified, the current article number is used. - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 76] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Support for the first (message-id) form is optional. If it is - supported, the OVER capability line MUST include the argument - "MSGID". Otherwise, the capability line MUST NOT include this - argument, and the OVER command MUST return the generic response code - 503 when this form is used. - - If the information is available, it is returned as a multi-line data - block following the 224 response code and contains one line per - article, sorted in numerical order of article number. (Note that - unless the argument is a range including a dash, there will be - exactly one line in the data block.) Each line consists of a number - of fields separated by a TAB. A field may be empty (in which case - there will be two adjacent TABs), and a sequence of trailing TABs may - be omitted. - - The first 8 fields MUST be the following, in order: - - "0" or article number (see below) - Subject header content - From header content - Date header content - Message-ID header content - References header content - :bytes metadata item - :lines metadata item - - If the article is specified by message-id (the first form of the - command), the article number MUST be replaced with zero, except that - if there is a currently selected newsgroup and the article is present - in that group, the server MAY use the article's number in that group. - (See the ARTICLE command (Section 6.2.1) and STAT examples - (Section 6.2.4.3) for more details.) In the other two forms of the - command, the article number MUST be returned. - - Any subsequent fields are the contents of the other headers and - metadata held in the database. - - For the five mandatory headers, the content of each field MUST be - based on the content of the header (that is, with the header name and - following colon and space removed). If the article does not contain - that header, or if the content is empty, the field MUST be empty. - For the two mandatory metadata items, the content of the field MUST - be just the value, with no other text. - - For all subsequent fields that contain headers, the content MUST be - the entire header line other than the trailing CRLF. For all - subsequent fields that contain metadata, the field consists of the - metadata name, a single space, and then the value. - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 77] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - For all fields, the value is processed by first removing all CRLF - pairs (that is, undoing any folding and removing the terminating - CRLF) and then replacing each TAB with a single space. If there is - no such header in the article, no such metadata item, or no header or - item stored in the database for that article, the corresponding field - MUST be empty. - - Note that, after unfolding, the characters NUL, LF, and CR cannot - occur in the header of an article offered by a conformant server. - Nevertheless, servers SHOULD check for these characters and replace - each one by a single space (so that, for example, CR LF LF TAB will - become two spaces, since the CR and first LF will be removed by the - unfolding process). This will encourage robustness in the face of - non-conforming data; it is also possible that future versions of this - specification could permit these characters to appear in articles. - - The server SHOULD NOT produce output for articles that no longer - exist. - - If the argument is a message-id and no such article exists, a 430 - response MUST be returned. If the argument is a range or is omitted - and the currently selected newsgroup is invalid, a 412 response MUST - be returned. If the argument is a range and no articles in that - number range exist in the currently selected newsgroup, including the - case where the second number is less than the first one, a 423 - response MUST be returned. If the argument is omitted and the - current article number is invalid, a 420 response MUST be returned. - -8.3.3. Examples - - In the first four examples, TAB has been replaced by vertical bar and - some lines have been folded for readability. - - Example of a successful retrieval of overview information for an - article (explicitly not using an article number): - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] OVER - [S] 224 Overview information follows - [S] 3000234|I am just a test article|"Demo User" - |6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500| - <45223423@example.com>|<45454@example.net>|1234| - 17|Xref: news.example.com misc.test:3000363 - [S] . - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 78] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of a successful retrieval of overview information for an - article by message-id: - - [C] CAPABILITIES - [S] 101 Capability list: - [S] VERSION 2 - [S] READER - [S] OVER MSGID - [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS OVERVIEW.FMT - [S] . - [C] OVER <45223423@example.com> - [S] 224 Overview information follows - [S] 0|I am just a test article|"Demo User" - |6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500| - <45223423@example.com>|<45454@example.net>|1234| - 17|Xref: news.example.com misc.test:3000363 - [S] . - - Note that the article number has been replaced by "0". - - Example of the same commands on a system that does not implement - retrieval by message-id: - - [C] CAPABILITIES - [S] 101 Capability list: - [S] VERSION 2 - [S] READER - [S] OVER - [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS OVERVIEW.FMT - [S] . - [C] OVER <45223423@example.com> - [S] 503 Overview by message-id unsupported - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 79] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of a successful retrieval of overview information for a range - of articles: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] OVER 3000234-3000240 - [S] 224 Overview information follows - [S] 3000234|I am just a test article|"Demo User" - |6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500| - <45223423@example.com>|<45454@example.net>|1234| - 17|Xref: news.example.com misc.test:3000363 - [S] 3000235|Another test article|nobody@nowhere.to - (Demo User)|6 Oct 1998 04:38:45 -0500|<45223425@to.to>|| - 4818|37||Distribution: fi - [S] 3000238|Re: I am just a test article|somebody@elsewhere.to| - 7 Oct 1998 11:38:40 +1200|| - <45223423@to.to>|9234|51 - [S] . - - Note the missing "References" and Xref headers in the second line, - the missing trailing fields in the first and last lines, and that - there are only results for those articles that still exist. - - Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of overview information on an - article by number: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] OVER 300256 - [S] 423 No such article in this group - - Example of an invalid range: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] OVER 3000444-3000222 - [S] 423 Empty range - - Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of overview information by - number because no newsgroup was selected first: - - [Assumes currently selected newsgroup is invalid.] - [C] OVER - [S] 412 No newsgroup selected - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 80] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of an attempt to retrieve information when the currently - selected newsgroup is empty: - - [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup - [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup - [C] OVER - [S] 420 No current article selected - -8.4. LIST OVERVIEW.FMT - -8.4.1. Usage - - Indicating capability: OVER - - Syntax - LIST OVERVIEW.FMT - - Responses - 215 Information follows (multi-line) - -8.4.2. Description - - See Section 7.6.1 for general requirements of the LIST command. - - The LIST OVERVIEW.FMT command returns a description of the fields in - the database for which it is consistent (as described above). The - information is returned as a multi-line data block following the 215 - response code. The information contains one line per field in the - order in which they are returned by the OVER command; the first 7 - lines MUST (except for the case of letters) be exactly as follows: - - Subject: - From: - Date: - Message-ID: - References: - :bytes - :lines - - For compatibility with existing implementations, the last two lines - MAY instead be: - - Bytes: - Lines: - - even though they refer to metadata, not headers. - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 81] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - All subsequent lines MUST consist of either a header name followed by - ":full", or the name of a piece of metadata. - - There are no leading or trailing spaces in the output. - - Note that the 7 fixed lines describe the 2nd to 8th fields of the - OVER output. The "full" suffix (which may use either uppercase, - lowercase, or a mix) is a reminder that the corresponding fields - include the header name. - - This command MAY generate different results if it is used more than - once in a session. - - If the OVER command is not implemented, the meaning of the output - from this command is not specified, but it must still meet the above - syntactic requirements. - -8.4.3. Examples - - Example of LIST OVERVIEW.FMT output corresponding to the example OVER - output above, in the preferred format: - - [C] LIST OVERVIEW.FMT - [S] 215 Order of fields in overview database. - [S] Subject: - [S] From: - [S] Date: - [S] Message-ID: - [S] References: - [S] :bytes - [S] :lines - [S] Xref:full - [S] Distribution:full - [S] . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 82] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of LIST OVERVIEW.FMT output corresponding to the example OVER - output above, in the alternative format: - - [C] LIST OVERVIEW.FMT - [S] 215 Order of fields in overview database. - [S] Subject: - [S] From: - [S] Date: - [S] Message-ID: - [S] References: - [S] Bytes: - [S] Lines: - [S] Xref:FULL - [S] Distribution:FULL - [S] . - -8.5. HDR - -8.5.1. Usage - - Indicating capability: HDR - - Syntax - HDR field message-id - HDR field range - HDR field - - Responses - - First form (message-id specified) - 225 Headers follow (multi-line) - 430 No article with that message-id - - Second form (range specified) - 225 Headers follow (multi-line) - 412 No newsgroup selected - 423 No articles in that range - - Third form (current article number used) - 225 Headers follow (multi-line) - 412 No newsgroup selected - 420 Current article number is invalid - - Parameters - field Name of field - range Number(s) of articles - message-id Message-id of article - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 83] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -8.5.2. Description - - The HDR command provides access to specific fields from an article - specified by message-id, or from a specified article or range of - articles in the currently selected newsgroup. It MAY take the - information directly from the articles or from the overview database. - In the case of headers, an implementation MAY restrict the use of - this command to a specific list of headers or MAY allow it to be used - with any header; it may behave differently when it is used with a - message-id argument and when it is used with a range or no argument. - - The required field argument is the name of a header with the colon - omitted (e.g., "subject") or the name of a metadata item including - the leading colon (e.g., ":bytes"), and is case insensitive. - - The message-id argument indicates a specific article. The range - argument may be any of the following: - - o An article number. - - o An article number followed by a dash to indicate all following. - - o An article number followed by a dash followed by another article - number. - - If neither is specified, the current article number is used. - - If the information is available, it is returned as a multi-line data - block following the 225 response code and contains one line for each - article in the range that exists. (Note that unless the argument is - a range including a dash, there will be exactly one line in the data - block.) The line consists of the article number, a space, and then - the contents of the field. In the case of a header, the header name, - the colon, and the first space after the colon are all omitted. - - If the article is specified by message-id (the first form of the - command), the article number MUST be replaced with zero, except that - if there is a currently selected newsgroup and the article is present - in that group, the server MAY use the article's number in that group. - (See the ARTICLE command (Section 6.2.1) and STAT examples - (Section 6.2.4.3) for more details.) In the other two forms of the - command, the article number MUST be returned. - - Header contents are modified as follows: all CRLF pairs are removed, - and then each TAB is replaced with a single space. (Note that this - is the same transformation as is performed by the OVER command - (Section 8.3.2), and the same comment concerning NUL, CR, and LF - applies.) - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 84] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Note the distinction between headers and metadata appearing to have - the same meaning. Headers are always taken unchanged from the - article; metadata are always calculated. For example, a request for - "Lines" returns the contents of the "Lines" header of the specified - articles, if any, no matter whether they accurately state the number - of lines, while a request for ":lines" returns the line count - metadata, which is always the actual number of lines irrespective of - what any header may state. - - If the requested header is not present in the article, or if it is - present but empty, a line for that article is included in the output, - but the header content portion of the line is empty (the space after - the article number MAY be retained or omitted). If the header occurs - in a given article more than once, only the content of the first - occurrence is returned by HDR. If any article number in the provided - range does not exist in the group, no line for that article number is - included in the output. - - If the second argument is a message-id and no such article exists, a - 430 response MUST be returned. If the second argument is a range or - is omitted and the currently selected newsgroup is invalid, a 412 - response MUST be returned. If the second argument is a range and no - articles in that number range exist in the currently selected - newsgroup, including the case where the second number is less than - the first one, a 423 response MUST be returned. If the second - argument is omitted and the current article number is invalid, a 420 - response MUST be returned. - - A server MAY only allow HDR commands for a limited set of fields; it - may behave differently in this respect for the first (message-id) - form from how it would for the other forms. If so, it MUST respond - with the generic 503 response to attempts to request other fields, - rather than return erroneous results, such as a successful empty - response. - - If HDR uses the overview database and it is inconsistent for the - requested field, the server MAY return what results it can, or it MAY - respond with the generic 503 response. In the latter case, the field - MUST NOT appear in the output from LIST HEADERS. - - - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 85] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -8.5.3. Examples - - Example of a successful retrieval of subject lines from a range of - articles (3000235 has no Subject header, and 3000236 is missing): - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] HDR Subject 3000234-3000238 - [S] 225 Headers follow - [S] 3000234 I am just a test article - [S] 3000235 - [S] 3000237 Re: I am just a test article - [S] 3000238 Ditto - [S] . - - Example of a successful retrieval of line counts from a range of - articles: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] HDR :lines 3000234-3000238 - [S] 225 Headers follow - [S] 3000234 42 - [S] 3000235 5 - [S] 3000237 11 - [S] 3000238 2378 - [S] . - - Example of a successful retrieval of the subject line from an article - by message-id: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] HDR subject - [S] 225 Header information follows - [S] 0 I am just a test article - [S] . - - Example of a successful retrieval of the subject line from the - current article: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] HDR subject - [S] 225 Header information follows - [S] 3000234 I am just a test article - [S] . - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 86] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of a header from an article by - message-id: - - [C] HDR subject - [S] 430 No Such Article Found - - Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of headers from articles by - number because no newsgroup was selected first: - - [Assumes currently selected newsgroup is invalid.] - [C] HDR subject 300256- - [S] 412 No newsgroup selected - - Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of headers because the currently - selected newsgroup is empty: - - [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup - [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup - [C] HDR subject 1- - [S] 423 No articles in that range - - Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of headers because the server - does not allow HDR commands for that header: - - [C] GROUP misc.test - [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test - [C] HDR Content-Type 3000234-3000238 - [S] 503 HDR not permitted on Content-Type - -8.6. LIST HEADERS - -8.6.1. Usage - - Indicating capability: HDR - - Syntax - LIST HEADERS [MSGID|RANGE] - - Responses - 215 Field list follows (multi-line) - - Parameters - MSGID Requests list for access by message-id - RANGE Requests list for access by range - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 87] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -8.6.2. Description - - See Section 7.6.1 for general requirements of the LIST command. - - The LIST HEADERS command returns a list of fields that may be - retrieved using the HDR command. - - The information is returned as a multi-line data block following the - 215 response code and contains one line for each field name - (excluding the trailing colon for headers and including the leading - colon for metadata items). If the implementation allows any header - to be retrieved, it MUST NOT include any header names in the list but - MUST include the special entry ":" (a single colon on its own). It - MUST still explicitly list any metadata items that are available. - The order of items in the list is not significant; the server need - not even consistently return the same order. The list MAY be empty - (though in this circumstance there is little point in providing the - HDR command). - - An implementation that also supports the OVER command SHOULD at least - permit all the headers and metadata items listed in the output from - the LIST OVERVIEW.FMT command. - - If the server treats the first form of the HDR command (message-id - specified) differently from the other two forms (range specified or - current article number used) in respect of which headers or metadata - items are available, then the following apply: - - o If the MSGID argument is specified, the results MUST be those - available for the first form of the HDR command. - - o If the RANGE argument is specified, the results MUST be those - available for the second and third forms of the HDR command. - - o If no argument is specified, the results MUST be those available - in all forms of the HDR command (that is, it MUST only list those - items listed in both the previous cases). - - If the server does not treat the various forms differently, then it - MUST ignore any argument and always produce the same results (though - not necessarily always in the same order). - - If the HDR command is not implemented, the meaning of the output from - this command is not specified, but it must still meet the above - syntactic requirements. - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 88] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -8.6.3. Examples - - Example of an implementation providing access to only a few headers: - - [C] LIST HEADERS - [S] 215 headers supported: - [S] Subject - [S] Message-ID - [S] Xref - [S] . - - Example of an implementation providing access to the same fields as - the first example in Section 8.4.3: - - [C] CAPABILITIES - [S] 101 Capability list: - [S] VERSION 2 - [S] READER - [S] OVER - [S] HDR - [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS HEADERS OVERVIEW.FMT - [S] . - [C] LIST HEADERS - [S] 215 headers and metadata items supported: - [S] Date - [S] Distribution - [S] From - [S] Message-ID - [S] References - [S] Subject - [S] Xref - [S] :bytes - [S] :lines - [S] . - - Example of an implementation providing access to all headers: - - [C] LIST HEADERS - [S] 215 metadata items supported: - [S] : - [S] :lines - [S] :bytes - [S] :x-article-number - [S] . - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 89] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Example of an implementation distinguishing the first form of the HDR - command from the other two forms: - - [C] LIST HEADERS RANGE - [S] 215 metadata items supported: - [S] : - [S] :lines - [S] :bytes - [S] . - [C] LIST HEADERS MSGID - [S] 215 headers and metadata items supported: - [S] Date - [S] Distribution - [S] From - [S] Message-ID - [S] References - [S] Subject - [S] :lines - [S] :bytes - [S] :x-article-number - [S] . - [C] LIST HEADERS - [S] 215 headers and metadata items supported: - [S] Date - [S] Distribution - [S] From - [S] Message-ID - [S] References - [S] Subject - [S] :lines - [S] :bytes - [S] . - - Note that :x-article-number does not appear in the last set of - output. - -9. Augmented BNF Syntax for NNTP - -9.1. Introduction - - Each of the following sections describes the syntax of a major - element of NNTP. This syntax extends and refines the descriptions - elsewhere in this specification and should be given precedence when - resolving apparent conflicts. Note that ABNF [RFC4234] strings are - case insensitive. Non-terminals used in several places are defined - in a separate section at the end. - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 90] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Between them, the non-terminals , , - , and specify the text that flows - between client and server. A consistent naming scheme is used in - this document for the non-terminals relating to each command, and - SHOULD be used by the specification of registered extensions. - - For each command, the sequence is as follows: - - o The client sends an instance of ; the syntax for the - EXAMPLE command is . - - o If the client is one that immediately streams data, it sends an - instance of ; the syntax for the EXAMPLE - command is . - - o The server sends an instance of . - - * The initial response line is independent of the command that - generated it; if the 000 response has arguments, the syntax of - the initial line is . - - * If the response is multi-line, the initial line is followed by - a . The syntax for the contents of this - block after "dot-stuffing" has been removed is (for the 000 - response to the EXAMPLE command) and - is an instance of . - - o While the latest response is one that indicates more data is - required (in general, a 3xx response): - - * the client sends an instance of ; the - syntax for the EXAMPLE continuation following a 333 response is - ; - - * the server sends another instance of , as above. - - (There are no commands in this specification that immediately stream - data, but this non-terminal is defined for the convenience of - extensions.) - - - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 91] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -9.2. Commands - - This syntax defines the non-terminal , which represents - what is sent from the client to the server (see section 3.1 for - limits on lengths). - - command-line = command EOL - command = X-command - X-command = keyword *(WS token) - - command =/ article-command / - body-command / - capabilities-command / - date-command / - group-command / - hdr-command / - head-command / - help-command / - ihave-command / - last-command / - list-command / - listgroup-command / - mode-reader-command / - newgroups-command / - newnews-command / - next-command / - over-command / - post-command / - quit-command / - stat-command - - article-command = "ARTICLE" [WS article-ref] - body-command = "BODY" [WS article-ref] - capabilities-command = "CAPABILITIES" [WS keyword] - date-command = "DATE" - group-command = "GROUP" [WS newsgroup-name] - hdr-command = "HDR" WS header-meta-name [WS range-ref] - head-command = "HEAD" [WS article-ref] - help-command = "HELP" - ihave-command = "IHAVE" WS message-id - last-command = "LAST" - list-command = "LIST" [WS list-arguments] - listgroup-command = "LISTGROUP" [WS newsgroup-name [WS range]] - mode-reader-command = "MODE" WS "READER" - newgroups-command = "NEWGROUPS" WS date-time - newnews-command = "NEWNEWS" WS wildmat WS date-time - next-command = "NEXT" - over-command = "OVER" [WS range-ref] - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 92] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - post-command = "POST" - quit-command = "QUIT" - stat-command = "STAT" [WS article-ref] - - article-ref = article-number / message-id - date = date2y / date4y - date4y = 4DIGIT 2DIGIT 2DIGIT - date2y = 2DIGIT 2DIGIT 2DIGIT - date-time = date WS time [WS "GMT"] - header-meta-name = header-name / metadata-name - list-arguments = keyword [WS token] - metadata-name = ":" 1*A-NOTCOLON - range = article-number ["-" [article-number]] - range-ref = range / message-id - time = 2DIGIT 2DIGIT 2DIGIT - -9.3. Command Continuation - - This syntax defines the further material sent by the client in the - case of multi-stage commands and those that stream data. - - command-datastream = UNDEFINED - ; not used, provided as a hook for extensions - command-continuation = ihave-335-continuation / - post-340-continuation - - ihave-335-continuation = encoded-article - post-340-continuation = encoded-article - - encoded-article = multi-line-data-block - ; after undoing the "dot-stuffing", this MUST match
- -9.4. Responses - -9.4.1. Generic Responses - - This syntax defines the non-terminal , which represents the - generic form of responses; that is, what is sent from the server to - the client in response to a or a . - - response = simple-response / multi-line-response - simple-response = initial-response-line - multi-line-response = initial-response-line multi-line-data-block - - initial-response-line = - initial-response-content [SP trailing-comment] CRLF - initial-response-content = X-initial-response-content - X-initial-response-content = 3DIGIT *(SP response-argument) - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 93] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - response-argument = 1*A-CHAR - trailing-comment = *U-CHAR - -9.4.2. Initial Response Line Contents - - This syntax defines the specific initial response lines for the - various commands in this specification (see section 3.1 for limits on - lengths). Only those response codes with arguments are listed. - - initial-response-content =/ response-111-content / - response-211-content / - response-220-content / - response-221-content / - response-222-content / - response-223-content / - response-401-content - - response-111-content = "111" SP date4y time - response-211-content = "211" 3(SP article-number) SP newsgroup-name - response-220-content = "220" SP article-number SP message-id - response-221-content = "221" SP article-number SP message-id - response-222-content = "222" SP article-number SP message-id - response-223-content = "223" SP article-number SP message-id - response-401-content = "401" SP capability-label - -9.4.3. Multi-line Response Contents - - This syntax defines the content of the various multi-line responses; - more precisely, it defines the part of the response in the multi-line - data block after any "dot-stuffing" has been undone. The numeric - portion of each non-terminal name indicates the response code that is - followed by this data. - - multi-line-response-content = article-220-ml-content / - body-222-ml-content / - capabilities-101-ml-content / - hdr-225-ml-content / - head-221-ml-content / - help-100-ml-content / - list-215-ml-content / - listgroup-211-ml-content / - newgroups-231-ml-content / - newnews-230-ml-content / - over-224-ml-content - - article-220-ml-content = article - body-222-ml-content = body - capabilities-101-ml-content = version-line CRLF - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 94] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - *(capability-line CRLF) - hdr-225-ml-content = *(article-number SP hdr-content CRLF) - head-221-ml-content = 1*header - help-100-ml-content = *(*U-CHAR CRLF) - list-215-ml-content = list-content - listgroup-211-ml-content = *(article-number CRLF) - newgroups-231-ml-content = active-groups-list - newnews-230-ml-content = *(message-id CRLF) - over-224-ml-content = *(article-number over-content CRLF) - - active-groups-list = *(newsgroup-name SPA article-number - SPA article-number SPA newsgroup-status CRLF) - hdr-content = *S-NONTAB - hdr-n-content = [(header-name ":" / metadata-name) SP hdr-content] - list-content = body - newsgroup-status = %x79 / %x6E / %x6D / private-status - over-content = 1*6(TAB hdr-content) / - 7(TAB hdr-content) *(TAB hdr-n-content) - private-status = token ; except the values in newsgroup-status - -9.5. Capability Lines - - This syntax defines the generic form of a capability line in the - capabilities list (see Section 3.3.1). - - capability-line = capability-entry - capability-entry = X-capability-entry - X-capability-entry = capability-label *(WS capability-argument) - capability-label = keyword - capability-argument = token - - This syntax defines the specific capability entries for the - capabilities in this specification. - - capability-entry =/ - hdr-capability / - ihave-capability / - implementation-capability / - list-capability / - mode-reader-capability / - newnews-capability / - over-capability / - post-capability / - reader-capability - - hdr-capability = "HDR" - ihave-capability = "IHAVE" - implementation-capability = "IMPLEMENTATION" *(WS token) - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 95] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - list-capability = "LIST" 1*(WS keyword) - mode-reader-capability = "MODE-READER" - newnews-capability = "NEWNEWS" - over-capability = "OVER" [WS "MSGID"] - post-capability = "POST" - reader-capability = "READER" - - version-line = "VERSION" 1*(WS version-number) - version-number = nzDIGIT *5DIGIT - -9.6. LIST Variants - - This section defines more specifically the keywords for the LIST - command and the syntax of the corresponding response contents. - - ; active - list-arguments =/ "ACTIVE" [WS wildmat] - list-content =/ list-active-content - list-active-content = active-groups-list - - - ; active.times - list-arguments =/ "ACTIVE.TIMES" [WS wildmat] - list-content =/ list-active-times-content - list-active-times-content = - *(newsgroup-name SPA 1*DIGIT SPA newsgroup-creator CRLF) - newsgroup-creator = U-TEXT - - - ; distrib.pats - list-arguments =/ "DISTRIB.PATS" - list-content =/ list-distrib-pats-content - list-distrib-pats-content = - *(1*DIGIT ":" wildmat ":" distribution CRLF) - distribution = token - - - ; headers - list-arguments =/ "HEADERS" [WS ("MSGID" / "RANGE")] - list-content =/ list-headers-content - list-headers-content = *(header-meta-name CRLF) / - *((metadata-name / ":") CRLF) - - - ; newsgroups - list-arguments =/ "NEWSGROUPS" [WS wildmat] - list-content =/ list-newsgroups-content - list-newsgroups-content = - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 96] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - *(newsgroup-name WS newsgroup-description CRLF) - newsgroup-description = S-TEXT - - - ; overview.fmt - list-arguments =/ "OVERVIEW.FMT" - list-content =/ list-overview-fmt-content - list-overview-fmt-content = "Subject:" CRLF - "From:" CRLF - "Date:" CRLF - "Message-ID:" CRLF - "References:" CRLF - ( ":bytes" CRLF ":lines" / "Bytes:" CRLF "Lines:") CRLF - *((header-name ":full" / metadata-name) CRLF) - -9.7. Articles - - This syntax defines the non-terminal
, which represents the - format of an article as described in Section 3.6. - - article = 1*header CRLF body - header = header-name ":" [CRLF] SP header-content CRLF - header-content = *(S-CHAR / [CRLF] WS) - body = *(*B-CHAR CRLF) - -9.8. General Non-terminals - - These non-terminals are used at various places in the syntax and are - collected here for convenience. A few of these non-terminals are not - used in this specification but are provided for the consistency and - convenience of extension authors. - - multi-line-data-block = content-lines termination - content-lines = *([content-text] CRLF) - content-text = (".." / B-NONDOT) *B-CHAR - termination = "." CRLF - - article-number = 1*16DIGIT - header-name = 1*A-NOTCOLON - keyword = ALPHA 2*(ALPHA / DIGIT / "." / "-") - message-id = "<" 1*248A-NOTGT ">" - newsgroup-name = 1*wildmat-exact - token = 1*P-CHAR - - wildmat = wildmat-pattern *("," ["!"] wildmat-pattern) - wildmat-pattern = 1*wildmat-item - wildmat-item = wildmat-exact / wildmat-wild - wildmat-exact = %x22-29 / %x2B / %x2D-3E / %x40-5A / %x5E-7E / - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 97] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - UTF8-non-ascii ; exclude ! * , ? [ \ ] - wildmat-wild = "*" / "?" - - base64 = *(4base64-char) [base64-terminal] - base64-char = UPPER / LOWER / DIGIT / "+" / "/" - base64-terminal = 2base64-char "==" / 3base64-char "=" - - ; Assorted special character sets - ; A- means based on US-ASCII, excluding controls and SP - ; P- means based on UTF-8, excluding controls and SP - ; U- means based on UTF-8, excluding NUL CR and LF - ; B- means based on bytes, excluding NUL CR and LF - A-CHAR = %x21-7E - A-NOTCOLON = %x21-39 / %x3B-7E ; exclude ":" - A-NOTGT = %x21-3D / %x3F-7E ; exclude ">" - P-CHAR = A-CHAR / UTF8-non-ascii - U-CHAR = CTRL / TAB / SP / A-CHAR / UTF8-non-ascii - U-NONTAB = CTRL / SP / A-CHAR / UTF8-non-ascii - U-TEXT = P-CHAR *U-CHAR - B-CHAR = CTRL / TAB / SP / %x21-FF - B-NONDOT = CTRL / TAB / SP / %x21-2D / %x2F-FF ; exclude "." - - ALPHA = UPPER / LOWER ; use only when case-insensitive - CR = %x0D - CRLF = CR LF - CTRL = %x01-08 / %x0B-0C / %x0E-1F - DIGIT = %x30-39 - nzDIGIT = %x31-39 - EOL = *(SP / TAB) CRLF - LF = %x0A - LOWER = %x61-7A - SP = %x20 - SPA = 1*SP - TAB = %x09 - UPPER = %x41-5A - UTF8-non-ascii = UTF8-2 / UTF8-3 / UTF8-4 - UTF8-2 = %xC2-DF UTF8-tail - UTF8-3 = %xE0 %xA0-BF UTF8-tail / %xE1-EC 2UTF8-tail / - %xED %x80-9F UTF8-tail / %xEE-EF 2UTF8-tail - UTF8-4 = %xF0 %x90-BF 2UTF8-tail / %xF1-F3 3UTF8-tail / - %xF4 %x80-8F 2UTF8-tail - UTF8-tail = %x80-BF - WS = 1*(SP / TAB) - - The following non-terminals require special consideration. They - represent situations where material SHOULD be restricted to UTF-8, - but implementations MUST be able to cope with other character - encodings. Therefore, there are two sets of definitions for them. - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 98] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Implementations MUST accept any content that meets this syntax: - - S-CHAR = %x21-FF - S-NONTAB = CTRL / SP / S-CHAR - S-TEXT = (CTRL / S-CHAR) *B-CHAR - - and MAY pass such content on unaltered. - - When generating new content or re-encoding existing content, - implementations SHOULD conform to this syntax: - - S-CHAR = P-CHAR - S-NONTAB = U-NONTAB - S-TEXT = U-TEXT - -9.9. Extensions and Validation - - The specification of a registered extension MUST include formal - syntax that defines additional forms for the following non-terminals: - - command - for each new command other than a variant of the LIST command - - the syntax of each command MUST be compatible with the definition - of ; - - command-datastream - for each new command that immediately streams data; - - command-continuation - for each new command that sends further material after the initial - command line - the syntax of each continuation MUST be exactly - what is sent to the server, including any escape mechanisms such - as "dot-stuffing"; - - initial-response-content - for each new response code that has arguments - the syntax of each - response MUST be compatible with the definition of ; - - multi-line-response-content - for each new response code that has a multi-line response - the - syntax MUST show the response after the lines containing the - response code and the terminating octet have been removed and any - "dot-stuffing" undone; - - capability-entry - for each new capability label - the syntax of each entry MUST be - compatible with the definition of ; - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 99] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - list-arguments - for each new variant of the LIST command - the syntax of each - entry MUST be compatible with the definition of ; - - list-content - for each new variant of the LIST command - the syntax MUST show - the response after the lines containing the 215 response code and - the terminating octet have been removed and any "dot-stuffing" - undone. - - The =/ notation of ABNF [RFC4234] and the naming conventions - described in Section 9.1 SHOULD be used for this. - - When the syntax in this specification, or syntax based on it, is - validated, it should be noted that: - - o the non-terminals , , - , , and - describe basic concepts of the - protocol and are not referred to by any other rule; - - o the non-terminal is provided for the convenience of - extension authors and is not referred to by any rule in this - specification; - - o for the reasons given above, the non-terminals , - , and each have two definitions; and - - o the non-terminal is deliberately not defined. - -10. Internationalisation Considerations - -10.1. Introduction and Historical Situation - - RFC 977 [RFC977] was written at a time when internationalisation was - not seen as a significant issue. As such, it was written on the - assumption that all communication would be in ASCII and use only a - 7-bit transport layer, although in practice just about all known - implementations are 8-bit clean. - - Since then, Usenet and NNTP have spread throughout the world. In the - absence of standards for handling the issues of language and - character sets, countries, newsgroup hierarchies, and individuals - have found a variety of solutions that work for them but that are not - necessarily appropriate elsewhere. For example, some have adopted a - default 8-bit character set appropriate to their needs (such as - ISO/IEC 8859-1 in Western Europe or KOI-8 in Russia), others have - used ASCII (either US-ASCII or national variants) in headers but - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 100] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - local 16-bit character sets in article bodies, and still others have - gone for a combination of MIME [RFC2045] and UTF-8. With the - increased use of MIME in email, it is becoming more common to find - NNTP articles containing MIME headers that identify the character set - of the body, but this is far from universal. - - The resulting confusion does not help interoperability. - - One point that has been generally accepted is that articles can - contain octets with the top bit set, and NNTP is only expected to - operate on 8-bit clean transport paths. - -10.2. This Specification - - Part of the role of this present specification is to eliminate this - confusion and promote interoperability as far as possible. At the - same time, it is necessary to accept the existence of the present - situation and not break existing implementations and arrangements - gratuitously, even if they are less than optimal. Therefore, the - current practice described above has been taken into consideration in - producing this specification. - - This specification extends NNTP from US-ASCII [ANSI1986] to UTF-8 - [RFC3629]. Except in the two areas discussed below, UTF-8 (which is - a superset of US-ASCII) is mandatory, and implementations MUST NOT - use any other encoding. - - Firstly, the use of MIME for article headers and bodies is strongly - recommended. However, given widely divergent existing practices, an - attempt to require a particular encoding and tagging standard would - be premature at this time. Accordingly, this specification allows - the use of arbitrary 8-bit data in articles subject to the following - requirements and recommendations. - - o The names of headers (e.g., "From" or "Subject") MUST be in - US-ASCII. - - o Header values SHOULD use US-ASCII or an encoding based on it, such - as RFC 2047 [RFC2047], until such time as another approach has - been standardised. At present, 8-bit encodings (including UTF-8) - SHOULD NOT be used because they are likely to cause - interoperability problems. - - o The character set of article bodies SHOULD be indicated in the - article headers, and this SHOULD be done in accordance with MIME. - - o Where an article is obtained from an external source, an - implementation MAY pass it on and derive data from it (such as the - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 101] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - response to the HDR command), even though the article or the data - does not meet the above requirements. Implementations MUST - transfer such articles and data correctly and unchanged; they MUST - NOT attempt to convert or re-encode the article or derived data. - (Nevertheless, a client or server MAY elect not to post or forward - the article if, after further examination of the article, it deems - it inappropriate to do so.) - - This requirement affects the ARTICLE (Section 6.2.1), BODY - (Section 6.2.3), HDR (Section 8.5), HEAD (Section 6.2.2), IHAVE - (Section 6.3.2), OVER (Section 8.3), and POST (Section 6.3.1) - commands. - - Secondly, the following requirements are placed on the newsgroups - list returned by the LIST NEWSGROUPS command (Section 7.6.6): - - o Although this specification allows UTF-8 for newsgroup names, they - SHOULD be restricted to US-ASCII until a successor to RFC 1036 - [RFC1036] standardises another approach. 8-bit encodings SHOULD - NOT be used because they are likely to cause interoperability - problems. - - o The newsgroup description SHOULD be in US-ASCII or UTF-8 unless - and until a successor to RFC 1036 standardises other encoding - arrangements. 8-bit encodings other than UTF-8 SHOULD NOT be used - because they are likely to cause interoperability problems. - - o Implementations that obtain this data from an external source MUST - handle it correctly even if it does not meet the above - requirements. Implementations (in particular, clients) MUST - handle such data correctly. - -10.3. Outstanding Issues - - While the primary use of NNTP is for transmitting articles that - conform to RFC 1036 (Netnews articles), it is also used for other - formats (see Appendix A). It is therefore most appropriate that - internationalisation issues related to article formats be addressed - in the relevant specifications. For Netnews articles, this is any - successor to RFC 1036. For email messages, it is RFC 2822 [RFC2822]. - - Of course, any article transmitted via NNTP needs to conform to this - specification as well. - - Restricting newsgroup names to UTF-8 is not a complete solution. In - particular, when new newsgroup names are created or a user is asked - to enter a newsgroup name, some scheme of canonicalisation will need - to take place. This specification does not attempt to define that - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 102] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - canonicalization; further work is needed in this area, in conjunction - with the article format specifications. Until such specifications - are published, implementations SHOULD match newsgroup names octet by - octet. It is anticipated that any approved scheme will be applied - "at the edges", and therefore octet-by-octet comparison will continue - to apply to most, if not all, uses of newsgroup names in NNTP. - - In the meantime, any implementation experimenting with UTF-8 - newsgroup names is strongly cautioned that a future specification may - require that those names be canonicalized when used with NNTP in a - way that is not compatible with their experiments. - - Since the primary use of NNTP is with Netnews, and since newsgroup - descriptions are normally distributed through specially formatted - articles, it is recommended that the internationalisation issues - related to them be addressed in any successor to RFC 1036. - -11. IANA Considerations - - This specification requires IANA to keep a registry of capability - labels. The initial contents of this registry are specified in - Section 3.3.4. As described in Section 3.3.3, labels beginning with - X are reserved for private use, while all other names are expected to - be associated with a specification in an RFC on the standards track - or defining an IESG-approved experimental protocol. - - Different entries in the registry MUST use different capability - labels. - - Different entries in the registry MUST NOT use the same command name. - For this purpose, variants distinguished by a second or subsequent - keyword (e.g., "LIST HEADERS" and "LIST OVERVIEW.FMT") count as - different commands. If there is a need for two extensions to use the - same command, a single harmonised specification MUST be registered. - -12. Security Considerations - - This section is meant to inform application developers, information - providers, and users of the security limitations in NNTP as described - by this document. The discussion does not include definitive - solutions to the problems revealed, though it does make some - suggestions for reducing security risks. - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 103] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -12.1. Personal and Proprietary Information - - NNTP, because it was created to distribute network news articles, - will forward whatever information is stored in those articles. - Specification of that information is outside this scope of this - document, but it is likely that some personal and/or proprietary - information is available in some of those articles. It is very - important that designers and implementers provide informative - warnings to users so that personal and/or proprietary information in - material that is added automatically to articles (e.g., in headers) - is not disclosed inadvertently. Additionally, effective and easily - understood mechanisms to manage the distribution of news articles - SHOULD be provided to NNTP Server administrators, so that they are - able to report with confidence the likely spread of any particular - set of news articles. - -12.2. Abuse of Server Log Information - - A server is in the position to save session data about a user's - requests that might identify their reading patterns or subjects of - interest. This information is clearly confidential in nature, and - its handling can be constrained by law in certain countries. People - using this protocol to provide data are responsible for ensuring that - such material is not distributed without the permission of any - individuals that are identifiable by the published results. - -12.3. Weak Authentication and Access Control - - There is no user-based or token-based authentication in the basic - NNTP specification. Access is normally controlled by server - configuration files. Those files specify access by using domain - names or IP addresses. However, this specification does permit the - creation of extensions to NNTP for such purposes; one such extension - is [NNTP-AUTH]. While including such mechanisms is optional, doing - so is strongly encouraged. - - Other mechanisms are also available. For example, a proxy server - could be put in place that requires authentication before connecting - via the proxy to the NNTP server. - -12.4. DNS Spoofing - - Many existing NNTP implementations authorize incoming connections by - checking the IP address of that connection against the IP addresses - obtained via DNS lookups of lists of domain names given in local - configuration files. Servers that use this type of authentication - and clients that find a server by doing a DNS lookup of the server - name rely very heavily on the Domain Name Service, and are thus - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 104] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - generally prone to security attacks based on the deliberate - misassociation of IP addresses and DNS names. Clients and servers - need to be cautious in assuming the continuing validity of an IP - number/DNS name association. - - In particular, NNTP clients and servers SHOULD rely on their name - resolver for confirmation of an IP number/DNS name association, - rather than cache the result of previous host name lookups. Many - platforms already can cache host name lookups locally when - appropriate, and they SHOULD be configured to do so. It is proper - for these lookups to be cached, however, only when the TTL (Time To - Live) information reported by the name server makes it likely that - the cached information will remain useful. - - If NNTP clients or servers cache the results of host name lookups in - order to achieve a performance improvement, they MUST observe the TTL - information reported by DNS. If NNTP clients or servers do not - observe this rule, they could be spoofed when a previously accessed - server's IP address changes. As network renumbering is expected to - become increasingly common, the possibility of this form of attack - will increase. Observing this requirement thus reduces this - potential security vulnerability. - - This requirement also improves the load-balancing behaviour of - clients for replicated servers using the same DNS name and reduces - the likelihood of a user's experiencing failure in accessing sites - that use that strategy. - -12.5. UTF-8 Issues - - UTF-8 [RFC3629] permits only certain sequences of octets and - designates others as either malformed or "illegal". The Unicode - standard identifies a number of security issues related to illegal - sequences and forbids their generation by conforming implementations. - - Implementations of this specification MUST NOT generate malformed or - illegal sequences and SHOULD detect them and take some appropriate - action. This could include the following: - - o Generating a 501 response code. - - o Replacing such sequences by the sequence %xEF.BF.BD, which encodes - the "replacement character" U+FFFD. - - o Closing the connection. - - o Replacing such sequences by a "guessed" valid sequence (based on - properties of the UTF-8 encoding). - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 105] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - In the last case, the implementation MUST ensure that any replacement - cannot be used to bypass validity or security checks. For example, - the illegal sequence %xC0.A0 is an over-long encoding for space - (%x20). If it is replaced by the correct encoding in a command line, - this needs to happen before the command line is parsed into - individual arguments. If the replacement came after parsing, it - would be possible to generate an argument with an embedded space, - which is forbidden. Use of the "replacement character" does not have - this problem, since it is permitted wherever non-US-ASCII characters - are. Implementations SHOULD use one of the first two solutions where - the general structure of the NNTP stream remains intact and SHOULD - close the connection if it is no longer possible to parse it - sensibly. - -12.6. Caching of Capability Lists - - The CAPABILITIES command provides a capability list, which is - information about the current capabilities of the server. Whenever - there is a relevant change to the server state, the results of this - command are required to change accordingly. - - In most situations, the capabilities list in a given server state - will not change from session to session; for example, a given - extension will be installed permanently on a server. Some clients - may therefore wish to remember which extensions a server supports to - avoid the delay of an additional command and response, particularly - if they open multiple connections in the same session. - - However, information about extensions related to security and privacy - MUST NOT be cached, since this could allow a variety of attacks. - - For example, consider a server that permits the use of cleartext - passwords on links that are encrypted but not otherwise: - - [Initial connection set-up completed.] - [S] 200 NNTP Service Ready, posting permitted - [C] CAPABILITIES - [S] 101 Capability list: - [S] VERSION 2 - [S] READER - [S] NEWNEWS - [S] POST - [S] XENCRYPT - [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS - [S] . - [C] XENCRYPT - [Client and server negotiate encryption on the link] - [S] 283 Encrypted link established - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 106] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - [C] CAPABILITIES - [S] 101 Capability list: - [S] VERSION 2 - [S] READER - [S] NEWNEWS - [S] POST - [S] XSECRET - [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS - [S] . - [C] XSECRET fred flintstone - [S] 290 Password for fred accepted - - If the client caches the last capabilities list, then on the next - session it will attempt to use XSECRET on an unencrypted link: - - [Initial connection set-up completed.] - [S] 200 NNTP Service Ready, posting permitted - [C] XSECRET fred flintstone - [S] 483 Only permitted on secure links - - This exposes the password to any eavesdropper. While the primary - cause of this is passing a secret without first checking the security - of the link, caching of capability lists can increase the risk. - - Any security extension should include requirements to check the - security state of the link in a manner appropriate to that extension. - - Caching should normally only be considered for anonymous clients that - do not use any security or privacy extensions and for which the time - required for an additional command and response is a noticeable - issue. - -13. Acknowledgements - - This document is the result of much effort by the present and past - members of the NNTP Working Group, chaired by Russ Allbery and Ned - Freed. It could not have been produced without them. - - The author acknowledges the original authors of NNTP as documented in - RFC 977 [RFC977]: Brian Kantor and Phil Lapsey. - - The author gratefully acknowledges the following: - - o The work of the NNTP committee chaired by Eliot Lear. The - organization of this document was influenced by the last available - version from this working group. A special thanks to Eliot for - generously providing the original machine-readable sources for - that document. - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 107] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - o The work of the DRUMS working group, specifically RFC 1869 - [RFC1869], that drove the original thinking that led to the - CAPABILITIES command and the extensions mechanism detailed in this - document. - - o The authors of RFC 2616 [RFC2616] for providing specific and - relevant examples of security issues that should be considered for - HTTP. Since many of the same considerations exist for NNTP, those - examples that are relevant have been included here with some minor - rewrites. - - o The comments and additional information provided by the following - individuals in preparing one or more of the progenitors of this - document: - - Russ Allbery - Wayne Davison - Chris Lewis - Tom Limoncelli - Eric Schnoebelen - Rich Salz - - This work was motivated by the work of various news reader authors - and news server authors, including those listed below: - - Rick Adams - Original author of the NNTP extensions to the RN news reader and - last maintainer of Bnews. - - Stan Barber - Original author of the NNTP extensions to the news readers that - are part of Bnews. - - Geoff Collyer - Original author of the OVERVIEW database proposal and one of the - original authors of CNEWS. - - Dan Curry - Original author of the xvnews news reader. - - Wayne Davison - Author of the first threading extensions to the RN news reader - (commonly called TRN). - - Geoff Huston - Original author of ANU NEWS. - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 108] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Phil Lapsey - Original author of the UNIX reference implementation for NNTP. - - Iain Lea - Original maintainer of the TIN news reader. - - Chris Lewis - First known implementer of the AUTHINFO GENERIC extension. - - Rich Salz - Original author of INN. - - Henry Spencer - One of the original authors of CNEWS. - - Kim Storm - Original author of the NN news reader. - - Other people who contributed to this document include: - - Matthias Andree - Greg Andruk - Daniel Barclay - Maurizio Codogno - Mark Crispin - Andrew Gierth - Juergen Helbing - Scott Hollenbeck - Urs Janssen - Charles Lindsey - Ade Lovett - David Magda - Ken Murchison - Francois Petillon - Peter Robinson - Rob Siemborski - Howard Swinehart - Ruud van Tol - Jeffrey Vinocur - Erik Warmelink - - The author thanks them all and apologises to anyone omitted. - - Finally, the present author gratefully acknowledges the vast amount - of work put into previous versions by the previous author: - - Stan Barber - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 109] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -14. References - -14.1. Normative References - - [ANSI1986] American National Standards Institute, "Coded Character - Set - 7-bit American Standard Code for Information - Interchange", ANSI X3.4, 1986. - - [RFC977] Kantor, B. and P. Lapsley, "Network News Transfer - Protocol", RFC 977, February 1986. - - [RFC2045] Freed, N. and N. Borenstein, "Multipurpose Internet - Mail Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet - Message Bodies", RFC 2045, November 1996. - - [RFC2047] Moore, K., "MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail - Extensions) Part Three: Message Header Extensions for - Non-ASCII Text", RFC 2047, November 1996. - - [RFC2119] Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate - Requirement Levels", BCP 14, RFC 2119, March 1997. - - [RFC3629] Yergeau, F., "UTF-8, a transformation format of ISO - 10646", STD 63, RFC 3629, November 2003. - - [RFC4234] Crocker, D., Ed. and P. Overell, "Augmented BNF for - Syntax Specifications: ABNF", RFC 4234, October 2005. - - [RFC4648] Josefsson, S., "The Base16, Base32, and Base64 Data - Encodings", RFC 4648, October 2006. - - [TF.686-1] International Telecommunications Union - Radio, - "Glossary, ITU-R Recommendation TF.686-1", - ITU-R Recommendation TF.686-1, October 1997. - -14.2. Informative References - - [NNTP-AUTH] Vinocur, J., Murchison, K., and C. Newman, "Network - News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) Extension for - Authentication", - RFC 4643, October 2006. - - [NNTP-STREAM] Vinocur, J. and K. Murchison, "Network News Transfer - Protocol (NNTP) Extension for Streaming Feeds", - RFC 4644, October 2006. - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 110] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - [NNTP-TLS] Murchison, K., Vinocur, J., and C. Newman, "Using - Transport Layer Security (TLS) with Network News - Transfer Protocol (NNTP)", RFC 4642, October 2006. - - [RFC1036] Horton, M. and R. Adams, "Standard for interchange of - USENET messages", RFC 1036, December 1987. - - [RFC1305] Mills, D., "Network Time Protocol (Version 3) - Specification, Implementation and Analysis", RFC 1305, - March 1992. - - [RFC1869] Klensin, J., Freed, N., Rose, M., Stefferud, E., and D. - Crocker, "SMTP Service Extensions", STD 10, RFC 1869, - November 1995. - - [RFC2616] Fielding, R., Gettys, J., Mogul, J., Frystyk, H., - Masinter, L., Leach, P., and T. Berners-Lee, "Hypertext - Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1", RFC 2616, June 1999. - - [RFC2629] Rose, M., "Writing I-Ds and RFCs using XML", RFC 2629, - June 1999. - - [RFC2822] Resnick, P., "Internet Message Format", RFC 2822, April - 2001. - - [RFC2980] Barber, S., "Common NNTP Extensions", RFC 2980, October - 2000. - - [ROBE1995] Robertson, R., "FAQ: Overview database / NOV General - Information", January 1995. - - There is no definitive copy of this document known to - the author. It was previously posted as the Usenet - article - - [SALZ1992] Salz, R., "Manual Page for wildmat(3) from the INN 1.4 - distribution, Revision 1.10", April 1992. - - There is no definitive copy of this document known to - the author. - - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 111] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -Appendix A. Interaction with Other Specifications - - NNTP is most often used for transferring articles that conform to - RFC 1036 [RFC1036] (such articles are called "Netnews articles" - here). It is also sometimes used for transferring email messages - that conform to RFC 2822 [RFC2822] (such articles are called "email - articles" here). In this situation, articles must conform both to - this specification and to that other one; this appendix describes - some relevant issues. - -A.1. Header Folding - - NNTP allows a header line to be folded (by inserting a CRLF pair) - before any space or TAB character. - - Both email and Netnews articles are required to have at least one - octet other than space or TAB on each header line. Thus, folding can - only happen at one point in each sequence of consecutive spaces or - TABs. Netnews articles are further required to have the header name, - colon, and following space all on the first line; folding may only - happen beyond that space. Finally, some non-conforming software will - remove trailing spaces and TABs from a line. Therefore, it might be - inadvisable to fold a header after a space or TAB. - - For maximum safety, header lines SHOULD conform to the following - syntax rather than to that in Section 9.7. - - - header = header-name ":" SP [header-content] CRLF - header-content = [WS] token *( [CRLF] WS token ) - -A.2. Message-IDs - - Every article handled by an NNTP server MUST have a unique - message-id. For the purposes of this specification, a message-id is - an arbitrary opaque string that merely needs to meet certain - syntactic requirements and is just a way to refer to the article. - - Because there is a significant risk that old articles will be - reinjected into the global Usenet system, RFC 1036 [RFC1036] requires - that message-ids are globally unique for all time. - - This specification states that message-ids are the same if and only - if they consist of the same sequence of octets. Other specifications - may define two different sequences as being equal because they are - putting an interpretation on particular characters. RFC 2822 - [RFC2822] has a concept of "quoted" and "escaped" characters. It - therefore considers the three message-ids: - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 112] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - - <"ab.cd"@example.com> - <"ab.\cd"@example.com> - - as being identical. Therefore, an NNTP implementation handing email - articles must ensure that only one of these three appears in the - protocol and that the other two are converted to it as and when - necessary, such as when a client checks the results of a NEWNEWS - command against an internal database of message-ids. Note that - RFC 1036 [RFC1036] never treats two different strings as being - identical. Its successor (as of the time of writing) restricts the - syntax of message-ids so that, whenever RFC 2822 would treat two - strings as equivalent, only one of them is valid (in the above - example, only the first string is valid). - - This specification does not describe how the message-id of an article - is determined; it may be deduced from the contents of the article or - derived from some external source. If the server is also conforming - to another specification that contains a definition of message-id - compatible with this one, the server SHOULD use those message-ids. A - common approach, and one that SHOULD be used for email and Netnews - articles, is to extract the message-id from the contents of a header - with name "Message-ID". This may not be as simple as copying the - entire header contents; it may be necessary to strip off comments and - undo quoting, or to reduce "equivalent" message-ids to a canonical - form. - - If an article is obtained through the IHAVE command, there will be a - message-id provided with the command. The server MAY either use it - or determine one from the article contents. However, whichever it - does, it SHOULD ensure that, if the IHAVE command is repeated with - the same argument and article, it will be recognized as a duplicate. - - If an article does not contain a message-id that the server can - identify, it MUST synthesize one. This could, for example, be a - simple sequence number or be based on the date and time when the - article arrived. When email or Netnews articles are handled, a - Message-ID header SHOULD be added to ensure global consistency and - uniqueness. - - Note that, because the message-id might not have been derived from - the Message-ID header in the article, the following example is - legitimate (though unusual): - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 113] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - [C] HEAD <45223423@example.com> - [S] 221 0 <45223423@example.com> - [S] Path: pathost!demo!whitehouse!not-for-mail - [S] Message-ID: <1234@example.net> - [S] From: "Demo User" - [S] Newsgroups: misc.test - [S] Subject: I am just a test article - [S] Date: 6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500 - [S] Organization: An Example Net, Uncertain, Texas - [S] . - -A.3. Article Posting - - As far as NNTP is concerned, the POST and IHAVE commands provide the - same basic facilities in a slightly different way. However, they - have rather different intentions. - - The IHAVE command is intended for transmitting conforming articles - between a system of NNTP servers, with all articles perhaps also - conforming to another specification (e.g., all articles are Netnews - articles). It is expected that the client will already have done any - necessary validation (or that it has in turn obtained the article - from a third party that has done so); therefore, the contents SHOULD - be left unchanged. - - In contrast, the POST command is intended for use when an end-user is - injecting a newly created article into a such a system. The article - being transferred might not be a conforming email or Netnews article, - and the server is expected to validate it and, if necessary, to - convert it to the right form for onward distribution. This is often - done by a separate piece of software on the server installation; if - so, the NNTP server SHOULD pass the incoming article to that software - unaltered, making no attempt to filter characters, to fold or limit - lines, or to process the incoming text otherwise. - - The POST command can fail in various ways, and clients should be - prepared to re-send an article. When doing so, however, it is often - important to ensure (as far as possible) that the same message-id is - allocated to both attempts so that the server, or other servers, can - recognize the two articles as duplicates. In the case of email or - Netnews articles, therefore, the posted article SHOULD contain a - header with the name "Message-ID", and the contents of this header - SHOULD be identical on each attempt. The server SHOULD ensure that - two POSTed articles with the same contents for this header are - recognized as identical and that the same message-id is allocated, - whether or not those contents are suitable for use as the message-id. - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 114] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -Appendix B. Summary of Commands - - This section contains a list of every command defined in this - document, ordered by command name and by indicating capability. - - Ordered by command name: - - +-------------------+-----------------------+---------------+ - | Command | Indicating capability | Definition | - +-------------------+-----------------------+---------------+ - | ARTICLE | READER | Section 6.2.1 | - | BODY | READER | Section 6.2.3 | - | CAPABILITIES | mandatory | Section 5.2 | - | DATE | READER | Section 7.1 | - | GROUP | READER | Section 6.1.1 | - | HDR | HDR | Section 8.5 | - | HEAD | mandatory | Section 6.2.2 | - | HELP | mandatory | Section 7.2 | - | IHAVE | IHAVE | Section 6.3.2 | - | LAST | READER | Section 6.1.3 | - | LIST | LIST | Section 7.6.1 | - | LIST ACTIVE.TIMES | LIST | Section 7.6.4 | - | LIST ACTIVE | LIST | Section 7.6.3 | - | LIST DISTRIB.PATS | LIST | Section 7.6.5 | - | LIST HEADERS | HDR | Section 8.6 | - | LIST NEWSGROUPS | LIST | Section 7.6.6 | - | LIST OVERVIEW.FMT | OVER | Section 8.4 | - | LISTGROUP | READER | Section 6.1.2 | - | MODE READER | MODE-READER | Section 5.3 | - | NEWGROUPS | READER | Section 7.3 | - | NEWNEWS | NEWNEWS | Section 7.4 | - | NEXT | READER | Section 6.1.4 | - | OVER | OVER | Section 8.3 | - | POST | POST | Section 6.3.1 | - | QUIT | mandatory | Section 5.4 | - | STAT | mandatory | Section 6.2.4 | - +-------------------+-----------------------+---------------+ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 115] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Ordered by indicating capability: - - +-------------------+-----------------------+---------------+ - | Command | Indicating capability | Definition | - +-------------------+-----------------------+---------------+ - | CAPABILITIES | mandatory | Section 5.2 | - | HEAD | mandatory | Section 6.2.2 | - | HELP | mandatory | Section 7.2 | - | QUIT | mandatory | Section 5.4 | - | STAT | mandatory | Section 6.2.4 | - | HDR | HDR | Section 8.5 | - | LIST HEADERS | HDR | Section 8.6 | - | IHAVE | IHAVE | Section 6.3.2 | - | LIST | LIST | Section 7.6.1 | - | LIST ACTIVE | LIST | Section 7.6.3 | - | LIST ACTIVE.TIMES | LIST | Section 7.6.4 | - | LIST DISTRIB.PATS | LIST | Section 7.6.5 | - | LIST NEWSGROUPS | LIST | Section 7.6.6 | - | MODE READER | MODE-READER | Section 5.3 | - | NEWNEWS | NEWNEWS | Section 7.4 | - | OVER | OVER | Section 8.3 | - | LIST OVERVIEW.FMT | OVER | Section 8.4 | - | POST | POST | Section 6.3.1 | - | ARTICLE | READER | Section 6.2.1 | - | BODY | READER | Section 6.2.3 | - | DATE | READER | Section 7.1 | - | GROUP | READER | Section 6.1.1 | - | LAST | READER | Section 6.1.3 | - | LISTGROUP | READER | Section 6.1.2 | - | NEWGROUPS | READER | Section 7.3 | - | NEXT | READER | Section 6.1.4 | - +-------------------+-----------------------+---------------+ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 116] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -Appendix C. Summary of Response Codes - - This section contains a list of every response code defined in this - document and indicates whether it is multi-line, which commands can - generate it, what arguments it has, and what its meaning is. - - Response code 100 (multi-line) - Generated by: HELP - Meaning: help text follows. - - Response code 101 (multi-line) - Generated by: CAPABILITIES - Meaning: capabilities list follows. - - Response code 111 - Generated by: DATE - 1 argument: yyyymmddhhmmss - Meaning: server date and time. - - Response code 200 - Generated by: initial connection, MODE READER - Meaning: service available, posting allowed. - - Response code 201 - Generated by: initial connection, MODE READER - Meaning: service available, posting prohibited. - - Response code 205 - Generated by: QUIT - Meaning: connection closing (the server immediately closes the - connection). - - Response code 211 - The 211 response code has two completely different forms, - depending on which command generated it: - - (not multi-line) - Generated by: GROUP - 4 arguments: number low high group - Meaning: group selected. - - (multi-line) - Generated by: LISTGROUP - 4 arguments: number low high group - Meaning: article numbers follow. - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 117] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Response code 215 (multi-line) - Generated by: LIST - Meaning: information follows. - - Response code 220 (multi-line) - Generated by: ARTICLE - 2 arguments: n message-id - Meaning: article follows. - - Response code 221 (multi-line) - Generated by: HEAD - 2 arguments: n message-id - Meaning: article headers follow. - - Response code 222 (multi-line) - Generated by: BODY - 2 arguments: n message-id - Meaning: article body follows. - - Response code 223 - Generated by: LAST, NEXT, STAT - 2 arguments: n message-id - Meaning: article exists and selected. - - Response code 224 (multi-line) - Generated by: OVER - Meaning: overview information follows. - - Response code 225 (multi-line) - Generated by: HDR - Meaning: headers follow. - - Response code 230 (multi-line) - Generated by: NEWNEWS - Meaning: list of new articles follows. - - Response code 231 (multi-line) - Generated by: NEWGROUPS - Meaning: list of new newsgroups follows. - - Response code 235 - Generated by: IHAVE (second stage) - Meaning: article transferred OK. - - Response code 240 - Generated by: POST (second stage) - Meaning: article received OK. - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 118] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Response code 335 - Generated by: IHAVE (first stage) - Meaning: send article to be transferred. - - Response code 340 - Generated by: POST (first stage) - Meaning: send article to be posted. - - Response code 400 - Generic response and generated by initial connection - Meaning: service not available or no longer available (the server - immediately closes the connection). - - Response code 401 - Generic response - 1 argument: capability-label - Meaning: the server is in the wrong mode; the indicated capability - should be used to change the mode. - - Response code 403 - Generic response - Meaning: internal fault or problem preventing action being taken. - - Response code 411 - Generated by: GROUP, LISTGROUP - Meaning: no such newsgroup. - - Response code 412 - Generated by: ARTICLE, BODY, GROUP, HDR, HEAD, LAST, LISTGROUP, - NEXT, OVER, STAT - Meaning: no newsgroup selected. - - Response code 420 - Generated by: ARTICLE, BODY, HDR, HEAD, LAST, NEXT, OVER, STAT - Meaning: current article number is invalid. - - Response code 421 - Generated by: NEXT - Meaning: no next article in this group. - - Response code 422 - Generated by: LAST - Meaning: no previous article in this group. - - Response code 423 - Generated by: ARTICLE, BODY, HDR, HEAD, OVER, STAT - Meaning: no article with that number or in that range. - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 119] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Response code 430 - Generated by: ARTICLE, BODY, HDR, HEAD, OVER, STAT - Meaning: no article with that message-id. - - Response code 435 - Generated by: IHAVE (first stage) - Meaning: article not wanted. - - Response code 436 - Generated by: IHAVE (either stage) - Meaning: transfer not possible (first stage) or failed (second - stage); try again later. - - Response code 437 - Generated by: IHAVE (second stage) - Meaning: transfer rejected; do not retry. - - Response code 440 - Generated by: POST (first stage) - Meaning: posting not permitted. - - Response code 441 - Generated by: POST (second stage) - Meaning: posting failed. - - Response code 480 - Generic response - Meaning: command unavailable until the client has authenticated - itself. - - Response code 483 - Generic response - Meaning: command unavailable until suitable privacy has been - arranged. - - Response code 500 - Generic response - Meaning: unknown command. - - Response code 501 - Generic response - Meaning: syntax error in command. - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 120] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - Response code 502 - Generic response and generated by initial connection - - Meaning for the initial connection and the MODE READER command: - service permanently unavailable (the server immediately closes the - connection). - - Meaning for all other commands: command not permitted (and there - is no way for the client to change this). - - Response code 503 - Generic response - Meaning: feature not supported. - - Response code 504 - Generic response - Meaning: error in base64-encoding [RFC4648] of an argument. - -Appendix D. Changes from RFC 977 - - In general every attempt has been made to ensure that the protocol - specification in this document is compatible with the version - specified in RFC 977 [RFC977] and the various facilities adopted from - RFC 2980 [RFC2980]. However, there have been a number of changes, - some compatible and some not. - - This appendix lists these changes. It is not guaranteed to be - exhaustive or correct and MUST NOT be relied on. - - o A formal syntax specification (Section 9) has been added. - - o The default character set is changed from US-ASCII [ANSI1986] to - UTF-8 [RFC3629] (note that US-ASCII is a subset of UTF-8). This - matter is discussed further in Section 10. - - o All articles are required to have a message-id, eliminating the - "<0>" placeholder used in RFC 977 in some responses. - - o The newsgroup name matching capabilities already documented in - RFC 977 ("wildmats", Section 4) are clarified and extended. The - new facilities (e.g., the use of commas and exclamation marks) are - allowed wherever wildmats appear in the protocol. - - o Support for pipelining of commands (Section 3.5) is made - mandatory. - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 121] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - o The principles behind response codes (Section 3.2) have been - tidied up. In particular: - - * the x8x response code family, formerly used for private - extensions, is now reserved for authentication and privacy - extensions; - - * the x9x response code family, formerly intended for debugging - facilities, are now reserved for private extensions; - - * the 502 and 503 generic response codes (Section 3.2.1) have - been redefined; - - * new 401, 403, 480, 483, and 504 generic response codes have - been added. - - o The rules for article numbering (Section 6) have been clarified - (also see Section 6.1.1.2). - - o The SLAVE command (which was ill-defined) is removed from the - protocol. - - o Four-digit years are permitted in the NEWNEWS (Section 7.4) and - NEWGROUPS (Section 7.3) commands (two-digit years are still - permitted). The optional distribution parameter to these commands - has been removed. - - o The LIST command (Section 7.6.1) is greatly extended; the original - is available as LIST ACTIVE, while new variants include - ACTIVE.TIMES, DISTRIB.PATS, and NEWSGROUPS. A new "m" status flag - is added to the LIST ACTIVE response. - - o A new CAPABILITIES command (Section 5.2) allows clients to - determine what facilities are supported by a server. - - o The DATE command (Section 7.1) is adopted from RFC 2980 - effectively unchanged. - - o The LISTGROUP command (Section 6.1.2) is adopted from RFC 2980. - An optional range argument has been added, and the 211 initial - response line now has the same format as the 211 response from the - GROUP command. - - o The MODE READER command (Section 5.3) is adopted from RFC 2980 and - its meaning and effects clarified. - - o The XHDR command in RFC 2980 has been formalised as the new HDR - (Section 8.5) and LIST HEADERS (Section 8.6) commands. - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 122] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - - o The XOVER command in RFC 2980 has been formalised as the new OVER - (Section 8.3) and LIST OVERVIEW.FMT (Section 8.4) commands. The - former can be applied to a message-id as well as to a range. - - o The concept of article metadata (Section 8.1) has been formalised, - allowing the Bytes and Lines pseudo-headers to be deprecated. - - Client authors should note in particular that lack of support for the - CAPABILITIES command is a good indication that the server does not - support this specification. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 123] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -Author's Address - - Clive D.W. Feather - THUS plc - 322 Regents Park Road - London - N3 2QQ - United Kingdom - - Phone: +44 20 8495 6138 - Fax: +44 870 051 9937 - EMail: clive@demon.net - URI: http://www.davros.org/ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 124] - -RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 - - -Full Copyright Statement - -Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2006). - - This document is subject to the rights, licenses and restrictions - contained in BCP 78, and except as set forth therein, the authors - retain all their rights. - - This document and the information contained herein are provided on an - "AS IS" basis and THE CONTRIBUTOR, THE ORGANIZATION HE/SHE REPRESENTS - OR IS SPONSORED BY (IF ANY), THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET - ENGINEERING TASK FORCE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, - INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE - INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED - WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -Intellectual Property - - The IETF takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any - Intellectual Property Rights or other rights that might be claimed to - pertain to the implementation or use of the technology described in - this document or the extent to which any license under such rights - might or might not be available; nor does it represent that it has - made any independent effort to identify any such rights. Information - on the procedures with respect to rights in RFC documents can be - found in BCP 78 and BCP 79. - - Copies of IPR disclosures made to the IETF Secretariat and any - assurances of licenses to be made available, or the result of an - attempt made to obtain a general license or permission for the use of - such proprietary rights by implementers or users of this - specification can be obtained from the IETF on-line IPR repository at - http://www.ietf.org/ipr. - - The IETF invites any interested party to bring to its attention any - copyrights, patents or patent applications, or other proprietary - rights that may cover technology that may be required to implement - this standard. Please address the information to the IETF at ietf- - ipr@ietf.org. - -Acknowledgement - - Funding for the RFC Editor function is provided by the IETF - Administrative Support Activity (IASA). - - - - - - - -Feather Standards Track [Page 125] - diff -r ed84c8bdd87b -r c404a87db5b7 RFC3977.pdf Binary file RFC3977.pdf has changed diff -r ed84c8bdd87b -r c404a87db5b7 build.xml --- a/build.xml Sun Aug 29 17:28:58 2010 +0200 +++ b/build.xml Sun Aug 29 17:43:58 2010 +0200 @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ deprecation="${deprecation}" optimize="${optimize}" classpathref="classpath"> - + + [S] 500 Permission denied + + Example of an attempt to access a facility requiring authentication: + + [C] GROUP secret.group + [S] 480 Permission denied + + Example of a successful attempt following such authentication: + + [C] XSECRET fred flintstone + [S] 290 Password for fred accepted + [C] GROUP secret.group + [S] 211 5 1 20 secret.group selected + + Example of an attempt to access a facility requiring privacy: + + [C] GROUP secret.group + [S] 483 Secure connection required + [C] XENCRYPT + [Client and server negotiate encryption on the link] + [S] 283 Encrypted link established + [C] GROUP secret.group + [S] 211 5 1 20 secret.group selected + + Example of a need to change mode before a facility is used: + + [C] GROUP binary.group + [S] 401 XHOST Not on this virtual host + [C] XHOST binary.news.example.org + [S] 290 binary.news.example.org virtual host selected + [C] GROUP binary.group + [S] 211 5 1 77 binary.group selected + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 13] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of a temporary failure: + + [C] GROUP archive.local + [S] 403 Archive server temporarily offline + + Example of the server needing to close down immediately: + + [C] ARTICLE 123 + [S] 400 Power supply failed, running on UPS + [Server closes connection.] + +3.3. Capabilities and Extensions + + Not all NNTP servers provide exactly the same facilities, both + because this specification allows variation and because servers may + provide extensions. A set of facilities that are related are called + a "capability". This specification provides a way to determine what + capabilities are available, includes a list of standard capabilities, + and includes a mechanism (the extension mechanism) for defining new + capabilities. + +3.3.1. Capability Descriptions + + A client can determine the available capabilities of the server by + using the CAPABILITIES command (Section 5.2). This returns a + capability list, which is a list of capability lines. Each line + describes one available capability. + + Each capability line consists of one or more tokens, which MUST be + separated by one or more space or TAB characters. A token is a + string of 1 or more printable UTF-8 characters (that is, either + printable US-ASCII characters or any UTF-8 sequence outside the US- + ASCII range, but not space or TAB). Unless stated otherwise, tokens + are case insensitive. Each capability line consists of the + following: + + o The capability label, which is a keyword indicating the + capability. A capability label may be defined by this + specification or a successor, or by an extension. + + o The label is then followed by zero or more tokens, which are + arguments of the capability. The form and meaning of these tokens + is specific to each capability. + + The server MUST ensure that the capability list accurately reflects + the capabilities (including extensions) currently available. If a + capability is only available with the server in a certain state (for + example, only after authentication), the list MUST only include the + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 14] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + capability label when the server is in that state. Similarly, if + only some of the commands in an extension will be available, or if + the behaviour of the extension will change in some other manner, + according to the state of the server, this MUST be indicated by + different arguments in the capability line. + + Note that a capability line can only begin with a letter. Lines + beginning with other characters are reserved for future versions of + this specification. In order to interoperate with such versions, + clients MUST be prepared to receive lines beginning with other + characters and MUST ignore any they do not understand. + +3.3.2. Standard Capabilities + + The following capabilities are defined by this specification. + + VERSION + This capability MUST be advertised by all servers and MUST be the + first capability in the capability list; it indicates the + version(s) of NNTP that the server supports. There must be at + least one argument; each argument is a decimal number and MUST NOT + have a leading zero. Version numbers are assigned only in RFCs + that update or replace this specification; servers MUST NOT create + their own version numbers. + + The version number of this specification is 2. + + READER + This capability indicates that the server implements the various + commands useful for reading clients. + + IHAVE + This capability indicates that the server implements the IHAVE + command. + + POST + This capability indicates that the server implements the POST + command. + + NEWNEWS + This capability indicates that the server implements the NEWNEWS + command. + + HDR + This capability indicates that the server implements the header + access commands (HDR and LIST HEADERS). + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 15] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + OVER + This capability indicates that the server implements the overview + access commands (OVER and LIST OVERVIEW.FMT). If and only if the + server supports the message-id form of the OVER command, there + must be a single argument MSGID. + + LIST + This capability indicates that the server implements at least one + variant of the LIST command. There MUST be one argument for each + variant of the LIST command supported by the server, giving the + keyword for that variant. + + IMPLEMENTATION + This capability MAY be provided by a server. If so, the arguments + SHOULD be used to provide information such as the server software + name and version number. The client MUST NOT use this line to + determine capabilities of the server. (While servers often + provide this information in the initial greeting, clients need to + guess whether this is the case; this capability makes it clear + what the information is.) + + MODE-READER + This capability indicates that the server is mode-switching + (Section 3.4.2) and that the MODE READER command needs to be used + to enable the READER capability. + +3.3.3. Extensions + + Although NNTP is widely and robustly deployed, some parts of the + Internet community might wish to extend the NNTP service. It must be + emphasized that any extension to NNTP should not be considered + lightly. NNTP's strength comes primarily from its simplicity. + Experience with many protocols has shown that: + + Protocols with few options tend towards ubiquity, whilst protocols + with many options tend towards obscurity. + + This means that each and every extension, regardless of its benefits, + must be carefully scrutinized with respect to its implementation, + deployment, and interoperability costs. In many cases, the cost of + extending the NNTP service will likely outweigh the benefit. + + An extension is a package of associated facilities, often but not + always including one or more new commands. Each extension MUST + define at least one new capability label (this will often, but need + not, be the name of one of these new commands). While any additional + capability information can normally be specified using arguments to + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 16] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + that label, an extension MAY define more than one capability label. + However, this SHOULD be limited to exceptional circumstances. + + An extension is either a private extension, or its capabilities are + included in the IANA registry of capabilities (see Section 3.3.4) and + it is defined in an RFC (in which case it is a "registered + extension"). Such RFCs either must be on the standards track or must + define an IESG-approved experimental protocol. + + The definition of an extension must include the following: + + o a descriptive name for the extension. + + o the capability label or labels defined by the extension (the + capability label of a registered extension MUST NOT begin with + "X"). + + o The syntax, values, and meanings of any arguments for each + capability label defined by the extension. + + o Any new NNTP commands associated with the extension (the names of + commands associated with registered extensions MUST NOT begin with + "X"). + + o The syntax and possible values of arguments associated with the + new NNTP commands. + + o The response codes and possible values of arguments for the + responses of the new NNTP commands. + + o Any new arguments the extension associates with any other + pre-existing NNTP commands. + + o Any increase in the maximum length of commands and initial + response lines over the value specified in this document. + + o A specific statement about the effect on pipelining that this + extension may have (if any). + + o A specific statement about the circumstances when use of this + extension can alter the contents of the capabilities list (other + than the new capability labels it defines). + + o A specific statement about the circumstances under which the + extension can cause any pre-existing command to produce a 401, + 480, or 483 response. + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 17] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + o A description of how the use of MODE READER on a mode-switching + server interacts with the extension. + + o A description of how support for the extension affects the + behaviour of a server and NNTP client in any other manner not + outlined above. + + o Formal syntax as described in Section 9.9. + + A private extension MAY or MAY NOT be included in the capabilities + list. If it is, the capability label MUST begin with "X". A server + MAY provide additional keywords (for new commands and also for new + variants of existing commands) as part of a private extension. To + avoid the risk of a clash with a future registered extension, these + keywords SHOULD begin with "X". + + If the server advertises a capability defined by a registered + extension, it MUST implement the extension so as to fully conform + with the specification (for example, it MUST implement all the + commands that the extension describes as mandatory). If it does not + implement the extension as specified, it MUST NOT list the extension + in the capabilities list under its registered name. In that case, it + MAY, but SHOULD NOT, provide a private extension (not listed, or + listed with a different name) that implements part of the extension + or implements the commands of the extension with a different meaning. + + A server MUST NOT send different response codes to basic NNTP + commands documented here or to commands documented in registered + extensions in response to the availability or use of a private + extension. + +3.3.4. Initial IANA Register + + IANA will maintain a registry of NNTP capability labels. All + capability labels in the registry MUST be keywords and MUST NOT begin + with X. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 18] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + The initial content of the registry consists of these entries: + + +-------------------+--------------------------+--------------------+ + | Label | Meaning | Definition | + +-------------------+--------------------------+--------------------+ + | AUTHINFO | Authentication | [NNTP-AUTH] | + | | | | + | HDR | Batched header retrieval | Section 3.3.2, | + | | | Section 8.5, and | + | | | Section 8.6 | + | | | | + | IHAVE | IHAVE command available | Section 3.3.2 and | + | | | Section 6.3.2 | + | | | | + | IMPLEMENTATION | Server | Section 3.3.2 | + | | implementation-specific | | + | | information | | + | | | | + | LIST | LIST command variants | Section 3.3.2 and | + | | | Section 7.6.1 | + | | | | + | MODE-READER | Mode-switching server | Section 3.4.2 | + | | and MODE READER command | | + | | available | | + | | | | + | NEWNEWS | NEWNEWS command | Section 3.3.2 and | + | | available | Section 7.4 | + | | | | + | OVER | Overview support | Section 3.3.2, | + | | | Section 8.3, and | + | | | Section 8.4 | + | | | | + | POST | POST command available | Section 3.3.2 and | + | | | Section 6.3.1 | + | | | | + | READER | Reader commands | Section 3.3.2 | + | | available | | + | | | | + | SASL | Supported SASL | [NNTP-AUTH] | + | | mechanisms | | + | | | | + | STARTTLS | Transport layer security | [NNTP-TLS] | + | | | | + | STREAMING | Streaming feeds | [NNTP-STREAM] | + | | | | + | VERSION | Supported NNTP versions | Section 3.3.2 | + +-------------------+--------------------------+--------------------+ + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 19] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +3.4. Mandatory and Optional Commands + + For a number of reasons, not all the commands in this specification + are mandatory. However, it is equally undesirable for every command + to be optional, since this means that a client will have no idea what + facilities are available. Therefore, as a compromise, some of the + commands in this specification are mandatory (they must be supported + by all servers) while the remainder are not. The latter are then + subdivided into bundles, each indicated by a single capability label. + + o If the label is included in the capability list returned by the + server, the server MUST support all commands in that bundle. + + o If the label is not included, the server MAY support none or some + of the commands but SHOULD NOT support all of them. In general, + there will be no way for a client to determine which commands are + supported without trying them. + + The bundles have been chosen to provide useful functionality, and + therefore server authors are discouraged from implementing only part + of a bundle. + + The description of each command will either indicate that it is + mandatory, or will give, using the term "indicating capability", the + capability label indicating whether the bundle including this command + is available. + + Where a server does not implement a command, it MUST always generate + a 500 generic response code (or a 501 generic response code in the + case of a variant of a command depending on a second keyword where + the base command is recognised). Otherwise, the command MUST be + fully implemented as specified; a server MUST NOT only partially + implement any of the commands in this specification. (Client authors + should note that some servers not conforming to this specification + will return a 502 generic response code to some commands that are not + implemented.) + + Note: some commands have cases that require other commands to be used + first. If the former command is implemented but the latter is not, + the former MUST still generate the relevant specific response code. + For example, if ARTICLE (Section 6.2.1) is implemented but GROUP + (Section 6.1.1) is not, the correct response to "ARTICLE 1234" + remains 412. + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 20] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +3.4.1. Reading and Transit Servers + + NNTP is traditionally used in two different ways. The first use is + "reading", where the client fetches articles from a large store + maintained by the server for immediate or later presentation to a + user and sends articles created by that user back to the server (an + action called "posting") to be stored and distributed to other stores + and users. The second use is for the bulk transfer of articles from + one store to another. Since the hosts making this transfer tend to + be peers in a network that transmit articles among one another, and + not end-user systems, this process is called "peering" or "transit". + (Even so, one host is still the client and the other is the server). + + In practice, these two uses are so different that some server + implementations are optimised for reading or for transit and, as a + result, do not offer the other facility or only offer limited + features. Other implementations are more general and offer both. + This specification allows for this by bundling the relevant commands + accordingly: the IHAVE command is designed for transit, while the + commands indicated by the READER capability are designed for reading + clients. + + Except as an effect of the MODE READER command (Section 5.3) on a + mode-switching server, once a server advertises either or both of the + IHAVE or READER capabilities, it MUST continue to advertise them for + the entire session. + + A server MAY provide different modes of behaviour (transit, reader, + or a combination) to different client connections and MAY use + external information, such as the IP address of the client, to + determine which mode to provide to any given connection. + + The official TCP port for the NNTP service is 119. However, if a + host wishes to offer separate servers for transit and reading + clients, port 433 SHOULD be used for the transit server and 119 for + the reading server. + +3.4.2. Mode Switching + + An implementation MAY, but SHOULD NOT, provide both transit and + reader facilities on the same server but require the client to select + which it wishes to use. Such an arrangement is called a + "mode-switching" server. + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 21] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + A mode-switching server has two modes: + + o Transit mode, which applies after the initial connection. + + * It MUST advertise the MODE-READER capability. + + * It MUST NOT advertise the READER capability. + + However, the server MAY cease to advertise the MODE-READER + capability after the client uses any command except CAPABILITIES. + + o Reading mode, after a successful MODE READER command (see Section + 5.3). + + * It MUST NOT advertise the MODE-READER capability. + + * It MUST advertise the READER capability. + + * It MAY NOT advertise the IHAVE capability, even if it was + advertising it in transit mode. + + A client SHOULD only issue a MODE READER command to a server if it is + advertising the MODE-READER capability. If the server does not + support CAPABILITIES (and therefore does not conform to this + specification), the client MAY use the following heuristic: + + o If the client wishes to use any "reader" commands, it SHOULD use + the MODE READER command immediately after the initial connection. + + o Otherwise, it SHOULD NOT use the MODE READER command. + + In each case, it should be prepared for some commands to be + unavailable that would have been available if it had made the other + choice. + +3.5. Pipelining + + NNTP is designed to operate over a reliable bi-directional + connection, such as TCP. Therefore, if a command does not depend on + the response to the previous one, it should not matter if it is sent + before that response is received. Doing this is called "pipelining". + However, certain server implementations throw away all text received + from the client following certain commands before sending their + response. If this happens, pipelining will be affected because one + or more commands will have been ignored or misinterpreted, and the + client will be matching the wrong responses to each command. Since + there are significant benefits to pipelining, but also circumstances + where it is reasonable or common for servers to behave in the above + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 22] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + manner, this document puts certain requirements on both clients and + servers. + + Except where stated otherwise, a client MAY use pipelining. That is, + it may send a command before receiving the response for the previous + command. The server MUST allow pipelining and MUST NOT throw away + any text received after a command. Irrespective of whether + pipelining is used, the server MUST process commands in the order + they are sent. + + If the specific description of a command says it "MUST NOT be + pipelined", that command MUST end any pipeline of commands. That is, + the client MUST NOT send any following command until it receives the + CRLF at the end of the response from the command. The server MAY + ignore any data received after the command and before the CRLF at the + end of the response is sent to the client. + + The initial connection must not be part of a pipeline; that is, the + client MUST NOT send any command until it receives the CRLF at the + end of the greeting. + + If the client uses blocking system calls to send commands, it MUST + ensure that the amount of text sent in pipelining does not cause a + deadlock between transmission and reception. The amount of text + involved will depend on window sizes in the transmission layer; + typically, it is 4k octets for TCP. (Since the server only sends + data in response to commands from the client, the converse problem + does not occur.) + +3.5.1. Examples + + Example of correct use of pipelining: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [C] STAT + [C] NEXT + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [S] 223 3000234 <45223423@example.com> retrieved + [S] 223 3000237 <668929@example.org> retrieved + + Example of incorrect use of pipelining (the MODE READER command may + not be pipelined): + + [C] MODE READER + [C] DATE + [C] NEXT + [S] 200 Server ready, posting allowed + [S] 223 3000237 <668929@example.org> retrieved + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 23] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + The DATE command has been thrown away by the server, so there is no + 111 response to match it. + +3.6. Articles + + NNTP is intended to transfer articles between clients and servers. + For the purposes of this specification, articles are required to + conform to the rules in this section, and clients and servers MUST + correctly process any article received from the other that does so. + Note that this requirement applies only to the contents of + communications over NNTP; it does not prevent the client or server + from subsequently rejecting an article for reasons of local policy. + Also see Appendix A for further restrictions on the format of + articles in some uses of NNTP. + + An article consists of two parts: the headers and the body. They are + separated by a single empty line, or in other words by two + consecutive CRLF pairs (if there is more than one empty line, the + second and subsequent ones are part of the body). In order to meet + the general requirements of NNTP, an article MUST NOT include the + octet NUL, MUST NOT contain the octets LF and CR other than as part + of a CRLF pair, and MUST end with a CRLF pair. This specification + puts no further restrictions on the body; in particular, it MAY be + empty. + + The headers of an article consist of one or more header lines. Each + header line consists of a header name, a colon, a space, the header + content, and a CRLF, in that order. The name consists of one or more + printable US-ASCII characters other than colon and, for the purposes + of this specification, is not case sensitive. There MAY be more than + one header line with the same name. The content MUST NOT contain + CRLF; it MAY be empty. A header may be "folded"; that is, a CRLF + pair may be placed before any TAB or space in the line. There MUST + still be some other octet between any two CRLF pairs in a header + line. (Note that folding means that the header line occupies more + than one line when displayed or transmitted; nevertheless, it is + still referred to as "a" header line.) The presence or absence of + folding does not affect the meaning of the header line; that is, the + CRLF pairs introduced by folding are not considered part of the + header content. Header lines SHOULD NOT be folded before the space + after the colon that follows the header name and SHOULD include at + least one octet other than %x09 or %x20 between CRLF pairs. However, + if an article that fails to satisfy this requirement has been + received from elsewhere, clients and servers MAY transfer it to each + other without re-folding it. + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 24] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + The content of a header SHOULD be in UTF-8. However, if an + implementation receives an article from elsewhere that uses octets in + the range 128 to 255 in some other manner, it MAY pass it to a client + or server without modification. Therefore, implementations MUST be + prepared to receive such headers, and data derived from them (e.g., + in the responses from the OVER command, Section 8.3), and MUST NOT + assume that they are always UTF-8. Any external processing of those + headers, including identifying the encoding used, is outside the + scope of this document. + + Each article MUST have a unique message-id; two articles offered by + an NNTP server MUST NOT have the same message-id. For the purposes + of this specification, message-ids are opaque strings that MUST meet + the following requirements: + + o A message-id MUST begin with "<", end with ">", and MUST NOT + contain the latter except at the end. + + o A message-id MUST be between 3 and 250 octets in length. + + o A message-id MUST NOT contain octets other than printable US-ASCII + characters. + + Two message-ids are the same if and only if they consist of the same + sequence of octets. + + This specification does not describe how the message-id of an article + is determined. If the server does not have any way to determine a + message-id from the article itself, it MUST synthesize one (this + specification does not require that the article be changed as a + result). See also Appendix A.2. + +4. The WILDMAT Format + + The WILDMAT format described here is based on the version first + developed by Rich Salz [SALZ1992], which was in turn derived from the + format used in the UNIX "find" command to articulate file names. It + was developed to provide a uniform mechanism for matching patterns in + the same manner that the UNIX shell matches filenames. + + + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 25] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +4.1. Wildmat Syntax + + A wildmat is described by the following ABNF [RFC4234] syntax, which + is an extract of that in Section 9.8. + + wildmat = wildmat-pattern *("," ["!"] wildmat-pattern) + wildmat-pattern = 1*wildmat-item + wildmat-item = wildmat-exact / wildmat-wild + wildmat-exact = %x22-29 / %x2B / %x2D-3E / %x40-5A / %x5E-7E / + UTF8-non-ascii ; exclude ! * , ? [ \ ] + wildmat-wild = "*" / "?" + + Note: the characters ",", "\", "[", and "]" are not allowed in + wildmats, while * and ? are always wildcards. This should not be a + problem, since these characters cannot occur in newsgroup names, + which is the only current use of wildmats. Backslash is commonly + used to suppress the special meaning of characters, whereas brackets + are used to introduce sets. However, these usages are not universal, + and interpretation of these characters in the context of UTF-8 + strings is potentially complex and differs from existing practice, so + they were omitted from this specification. A future extension to + this specification may provide semantics for these characters. + +4.2. Wildmat Semantics + + A wildmat is tested against a string and either matches or does not + match. To do this, each constituent is matched + against the string, and the rightmost pattern that matches is + identified. If that is not preceded with "!", the + whole wildmat matches. If it is preceded by "!", or if no matches, the whole wildmat does not match. + + For example, consider the wildmat "a*,!*b,*c*": + + o The string "aaa" matches because the rightmost match is with "a*". + + o The string "abb" does not match because the rightmost match is + with "*b". + + o The string "ccb" matches because the rightmost match is with + "*c*". + + o The string "xxx" does not match because no + matches. + + A matches a string if the string can be broken into + components, each of which matches the corresponding in + the pattern. The matches must be in the same order, and the whole + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 26] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + string must be used in the match. The pattern is "anchored"; that + is, the first and last characters in the string must match the first + and last item, respectively (unless that item is an asterisk matching + zero characters). + + A matches the same character (which may be more than + one octet in UTF-8). + + "?" matches exactly one character (which may be more than one octet). + + "*" matches zero or more characters. It can match an empty string, + but it cannot match a subsequence of a UTF-8 sequence that is not + aligned to the character boundaries. + +4.3. Extensions + + An NNTP server or extension MAY extend the syntax or semantics of + wildmats provided that all wildmats that meet the requirements of + Section 4.1 have the meaning ascribed to them by Section 4.2. Future + editions of this document may also extend wildmats. + +4.4. Examples + + In these examples, $ and @ are used to represent the two octets %xC2 + and %xA3, respectively; $@ is thus the UTF-8 encoding for the pound + sterling symbol, shown as # in the descriptions. + + Wildmat Description of strings that match + abc The one string "abc" + abc,def The two strings "abc" and "def" + $@ The one character string "#" + a* Any string that begins with "a" + a*b Any string that begins with "a" and ends with "b" + a*,*b Any string that begins with "a" or ends with "b" + a*,!*b Any string that begins with "a" and does not end with + "b" + a*,!*b,c* Any string that begins with "a" and does not end with + "b", and any string that begins with "c" no matter + what it ends with + a*,c*,!*b Any string that begins with "a" or "c" and does not + end with "b" + ?a* Any string with "a" as its second character + ??a* Any string with "a" as its third character + *a? Any string with "a" as its penultimate character + *a?? Any string with "a" as its antepenultimate character + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 27] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +5. Session Administration Commands + +5.1. Initial Connection + +5.1.1. Usage + + This command MUST NOT be pipelined. + + Responses [1] + 200 Service available, posting allowed + 201 Service available, posting prohibited + 400 Service temporarily unavailable [2] + 502 Service permanently unavailable [2] + + [1] These are the only valid response codes for the initial greeting; + the server MUST not return any other generic response code. + + [2] Following a 400 or 502 response, the server MUST immediately + close the connection. + +5.1.2. Description + + There is no command presented by the client upon initial connection + to the server. The server MUST present an appropriate response code + as a greeting to the client. This response informs the client + whether service is available and whether the client is permitted to + post. + + If the server will accept further commands from the client including + POST, the server MUST present a 200 greeting code. If the server + will accept further commands from the client, but the client is not + authorized to post articles using the POST command, the server MUST + present a 201 greeting code. + + Otherwise, the server MUST present a 400 or 502 greeting code and + then immediately close the connection. 400 SHOULD be used if the + issue is only temporary (for example, because of load) and the client + can expect to be able to connect successfully at some point in the + future without making any changes. 502 MUST be used if the client is + not permitted under any circumstances to interact with the server, + and MAY be used if the server has insufficient information to + determine whether the issue is temporary or permanent. + + Note: the distinction between the 200 and 201 response codes has + turned out in practice to be insufficient; for example, some servers + do not allow posting until the client has authenticated, while other + clients assume that a 201 response means that posting will never be + possible even after authentication. Therefore, clients SHOULD use + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 28] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + the CAPABILITIES command (Section 5.2) rather than rely on this + response. + +5.1.3. Examples + + Example of a normal connection from an authorized client that then + terminates the session (see Section 5.4): + + [Initial connection set-up completed.] + [S] 200 NNTP Service Ready, posting permitted + [C] QUIT + [S] 205 NNTP Service exits normally + [Server closes connection.] + + Example of a normal connection from an authorized client that is not + permitted to post, which also immediately terminates the session: + + [Initial connection set-up completed.] + [S] 201 NNTP Service Ready, posting prohibited + [C] QUIT + [S] 205 NNTP Service exits normally + [Server closes connection.] + + Example of a normal connection from an unauthorized client: + + [Initial connection set-up completed.] + [S] 502 NNTP Service permanently unavailable + [Server closes connection.] + + Example of a connection from a client if the server is unable to + provide service: + + [Initial connection set-up completed.] + [S] 400 NNTP Service temporarily unavailable + [Server closes connection.] + +5.2. CAPABILITIES + +5.2.1. Usage + + This command is mandatory. + + Syntax + CAPABILITIES [keyword] + + Responses + 101 Capability list follows (multi-line) + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 29] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Parameters + keyword additional feature, see description + +5.2.2. Description + + The CAPABILITIES command allows a client to determine the + capabilities of the server at any given time. + + This command MAY be issued at any time; the server MUST NOT require + it to be issued in order to make use of any capability. The response + generated by this command MAY change during a session because of + other state information (which, in turn, may be changed by the + effects of other commands or by external events). An NNTP client is + only able to get the current and correct information concerning + available capabilities at any point during a session by issuing a + CAPABILITIES command at that point of that session and processing the + response. + + The capability list is returned as a multi-line data block following + the 101 response code. Each capability is described by a separate + capability line. The server MUST NOT list the same capability twice + in the response, even with different arguments. Except that the + VERSION capability MUST be the first line, the order in which the + capability lines appears is not significant; the server need not even + consistently return the same order. + + While some capabilities are likely to be always available or never + available, others (notably extensions) will appear and disappear + depending on server state changes within the session or on external + events between sessions. An NNTP client MAY cache the results of + this command, but MUST NOT rely on the correctness of any cached + results, whether from earlier in this session or from a previous + session, MUST cope gracefully with the cached status being out of + date, and SHOULD (if caching results) provide a way to force the + cached information to be refreshed. Furthermore, a client MUST NOT + use cached results in relation to security, privacy, and + authentication extensions. See Section 12.6 for further discussion + of this topic. + + The keyword argument is not used by this specification. It is + provided so that extensions or revisions to this specification can + include extra features for this command without requiring the + CAPABILITIES command to be used twice (once to determine if the extra + features are available, and a second time to make use of them). If + the server does not recognise the argument (and it is a keyword), it + MUST respond with the 101 response code as if the argument had been + omitted. If an argument is provided that the server does recognise, + it MAY use the 101 response code or MAY use some other response code + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 30] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + (which will be defined in the specification of that feature). If the + argument is not a keyword, the 501 generic response code MUST be + returned. The server MUST NOT generate any other response code to + the CAPABILITIES command. + +5.2.3. Examples + + Example of a minimal response (a read-only server): + + [C] CAPABILITIES + [S] 101 Capability list: + [S] VERSION 2 + [S] READER + [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS + [S] . + + Example of a response from a server that has a range of facilities + and that also describes itself: + + [C] CAPABILITIES + [S] 101 Capability list: + [S] VERSION 2 + [S] READER + [S] IHAVE + [S] POST + [S] NEWNEWS + [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS ACTIVE.TIMES OVERVIEW.FMT + [S] IMPLEMENTATION INN 4.2 2004-12-25 + [S] OVER MSGID + [S] STREAMING + [S] XSECRET + [S] . + + Example of a server that supports more than one version of NNTP: + + [C] CAPABILITIES + [S] 101 Capability list: + [S] VERSION 2 3 + [S] READER + [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS + [S] . + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 31] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of a client attempting to use a feature of the CAPABILITIES + command that the server does not support: + + [C] CAPABILITIES AUTOUPDATE + [S] 101 Capability list: + [S] VERSION 2 + [S] READER + [S] IHAVE + [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS OVERVIEW.FMT HEADERS + [S] OVER MSGID + [S] HDR + [S] NEWNEWS + [S] . + +5.3. MODE READER + +5.3.1. Usage + + Indicating capability: MODE-READER + + This command MUST NOT be pipelined. + + Syntax + MODE READER + + Responses + 200 Posting allowed + 201 Posting prohibited + 502 Reading service permanently unavailable [1] + + [1] Following a 502 response the server MUST immediately close the + connection. + +5.3.2. Description + + The MODE READER command instructs a mode-switching server to switch + modes, as described in Section 3.4.2. + + If the server is mode-switching, it switches from its transit mode to + its reader mode, indicating this by changing the capability list + accordingly. It MUST then return a 200 or 201 response with the same + meaning as for the initial greeting (as described in Section 5.1.1). + Note that the response need not be the same as that presented during + the initial greeting. The client MUST NOT issue MODE READER more + than once in a session or after any security or privacy commands are + issued. When the MODE READER command is issued, the server MAY reset + its state to that immediately after the initial connection before + switching mode. + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 32] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + If the server is not mode-switching, then the following apply: + + o If it advertises the READER capability, it MUST return a 200 or + 201 response with the same meaning as for the initial greeting; in + this case, the command MUST NOT affect the server state in any + way. + + o If it does not advertise the READER capability, it MUST return a + 502 response and then immediately close the connection. + +5.3.3. Examples + + Example of use of the MODE READER command on a transit-only server + (which therefore does not providing reading facilities): + + [C] CAPABILITIES + [S] 101 Capability list: + [S] VERSION 2 + [S] IHAVE + [S] . + [C] MODE READER + [S] 502 Transit service only + [Server closes connection.] + + Example of use of the MODE READER command on a server that provides + reading facilities: + + [C] CAPABILITIES + [S] 101 Capability list: + [S] VERSION 2 + [S] READER + [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS + [S] . + [C] MODE READER + [S] 200 Reader mode, posting permitted + [C] IHAVE + [S] 500 Permission denied + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + + Note that in both of these situations, the client SHOULD NOT use MODE + READER. + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 33] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of use of the MODE READER command on a mode-switching server: + + [C] CAPABILITIES + [S] 101 Capability list: + [S] VERSION 2 + [S] IHAVE + [S] MODE-READER + [S] . + [C] MODE READER + [S] 200 Reader mode, posting permitted + [C] CAPABILITIES + [S] 101 Capability list: + [S] VERSION 2 + [S] READER + [S] NEWNEWS + [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS + [S] STARTTLS + [S] . + + In this case, the server offers (but does not require) TLS privacy in + its reading mode but not in its transit mode. + + Example of use of the MODE READER command where the client is not + permitted to post: + + [C] MODE READER + [S] 201 NNTP Service Ready, posting prohibited + +5.4. QUIT + +5.4.1. Usage + + This command is mandatory. + + Syntax + QUIT + + Responses + 205 Connection closing + +5.4.2. Description + + The client uses the QUIT command to terminate the session. The + server MUST acknowledge the QUIT command and then close the + connection to the client. This is the preferred method for a client + to indicate that it has finished all of its transactions with the + NNTP server. + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 34] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + If a client simply disconnects (or if the connection times out or + some other fault occurs), the server MUST gracefully cease its + attempts to service the client, disconnecting from its end if + necessary. + + The server MUST NOT generate any response code to the QUIT command + other than 205 or, if any arguments are provided, 501. + +5.4.3. Examples + + [C] QUIT + [S] 205 closing connection + [Server closes connection.] + +6. Article Posting and Retrieval + + News-reading clients have available a variety of mechanisms to + retrieve articles via NNTP. The news articles are stored and indexed + using three types of keys. The first type of key is the message-id + of an article and is globally unique. The second type of key is + composed of a newsgroup name and an article number within that + newsgroup. On a particular server, there MUST only be one article + with a given number within any newsgroup, and an article MUST NOT + have two different numbers in the same newsgroup. An article can be + cross-posted to multiple newsgroups, so there may be multiple keys + that point to the same article on the same server; these MAY have + different numbers in each newsgroup. However, this type of key is + not required to be globally unique, so the same key MAY refer to + different articles on different servers. (Note that the terms + "group" and "newsgroup" are equivalent.) + + The final type of key is the arrival timestamp, giving the time that + the article arrived at the server. The server MUST ensure that + article numbers are issued in order of arrival timestamp; that is, + articles arriving later MUST have higher numbers than those that + arrive earlier. The server SHOULD allocate the next sequential + unused number to each new article. + + Article numbers MUST lie between 1 and 2,147,483,647, inclusive. The + client and server MAY use leading zeroes in specifying article + numbers but MUST NOT use more than 16 digits. In some situations, + the value zero replaces an article number to show some special + situation. + + Note that it is likely that the article number limit of 2,147,483,647 + will be increased by a future revision or extension to this + specification. While servers MUST NOT send article numbers greater + than this current limit, client and server developers are advised to + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 35] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + use internal structures and datatypes capable of handling larger + values in anticipation of such a change. + +6.1. Group and Article Selection + + The following commands are used to set the "currently selected + newsgroup" and the "current article number", which are used by + various commands. At the start of an NNTP session, both of these + values are set to the special value "invalid". + +6.1.1. GROUP + +6.1.1.1. Usage + + Indicating capability: READER + + Syntax + GROUP group + + Responses + 211 number low high group Group successfully selected + 411 No such newsgroup + + Parameters + group Name of newsgroup + number Estimated number of articles in the group + low Reported low water mark + high Reported high water mark + +6.1.1.2. Description + + The GROUP command selects a newsgroup as the currently selected + newsgroup and returns summary information about it. + + The required argument is the name of the newsgroup to be selected + (e.g., "news.software.nntp"). A list of valid newsgroups may be + obtained by using the LIST ACTIVE command (see Section 7.6.3). + + The successful selection response will return the article numbers of + the first and last articles in the group at the moment of selection + (these numbers are referred to as the "reported low water mark" and + the "reported high water mark") and an estimate of the number of + articles in the group currently available. + + If the group is not empty, the estimate MUST be at least the actual + number of articles available and MUST be no greater than one more + than the difference between the reported low and high water marks. + (Some implementations will actually count the number of articles + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 36] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + currently stored. Others will just subtract the low water mark from + the high water mark and add one to get an estimate.) + + If the group is empty, one of the following three situations will + occur. Clients MUST accept all three cases; servers MUST NOT + represent an empty group in any other way. + + o The high water mark will be one less than the low water mark, and + the estimated article count will be zero. Servers SHOULD use this + method to show an empty group. This is the only time that the + high water mark can be less than the low water mark. + + o All three numbers will be zero. + + o The high water mark is greater than or equal to the low water + mark. The estimated article count might be zero or non-zero; if + it is non-zero, the same requirements apply as for a non-empty + group. + + The set of articles in a group may change after the GROUP command is + carried out: + + o Articles may be removed from the group. + + o Articles may be reinstated in the group with the same article + number, but those articles MUST have numbers no less than the + reported low water mark (note that this is a reinstatement of the + previous article, not a new article reusing the number). + + o New articles may be added with article numbers greater than the + reported high water mark. (If an article that was the one with + the highest number has been removed and the high water mark has + been adjusted accordingly, the next new article will not have the + number one greater than the reported high water mark.) + + Except when the group is empty and all three numbers are zero, + whenever a subsequent GROUP command for the same newsgroup is issued, + either by the same client or a different client, the reported low + water mark in the response MUST be no less than that in any previous + response for that newsgroup in this session, and it SHOULD be no less + than that in any previous response for that newsgroup ever sent to + any client. Any failure to meet the latter condition SHOULD be + transient only. The client may make use of the low water mark to + remove all remembered information about articles with lower numbers, + as these will never recur. This includes the situation when the high + water mark is one less than the low water mark. No similar + assumption can be made about the high water mark, as this can + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 37] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + decrease if an article is removed and then increase again if it is + reinstated or if new articles arrive. + + When a valid group is selected by means of this command, the + currently selected newsgroup MUST be set to that group, and the + current article number MUST be set to the first article in the group + (this applies even if the group is already the currently selected + newsgroup). If an empty newsgroup is selected, the current article + number is made invalid. If an invalid group is specified, the + currently selected newsgroup and current article number MUST NOT be + changed. + + The GROUP or LISTGROUP command (see Section 6.1.2) MUST be used by a + client, and a successful response received, before any other command + is used that depends on the value of the currently selected newsgroup + or current article number. + + If the group specified is not available on the server, a 411 response + MUST be returned. + +6.1.1.3. Examples + + Example for a group known to the server: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + + Example for a group unknown to the server: + + [C] GROUP example.is.sob.bradner.or.barber + [S] 411 example.is.sob.bradner.or.barber is unknown + + Example of an empty group using the preferred response: + + [C] GROUP example.currently.empty.newsgroup + [S] 211 0 4000 3999 example.currently.empty.newsgroup + + Example of an empty group using an alternative response: + + [C] GROUP example.currently.empty.newsgroup + [S] 211 0 0 0 example.currently.empty.newsgroup + + Example of an empty group using a different alternative response: + + [C] GROUP example.currently.empty.newsgroup + [S] 211 0 4000 4321 example.currently.empty.newsgroup + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 38] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example reselecting the currently selected newsgroup: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 234 567 misc.test + [C] STAT 444 + [S] 223 444 <123456@example.net> retrieved + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 234 567 misc.test + [C] STAT + [S] 223 234 retrieved + +6.1.2. LISTGROUP + +6.1.2.1. Usage + + Indicating capability: READER + + Syntax + LISTGROUP [group [range]] + + Responses + 211 number low high group Article numbers follow (multi-line) + 411 No such newsgroup + 412 No newsgroup selected [1] + + Parameters + group Name of newsgroup + range Range of articles to report + number Estimated number of articles in the group + low Reported low water mark + high Reported high water mark + + [1] The 412 response can only occur if no group has been specified. + +6.1.2.2. Description + + The LISTGROUP command selects a newsgroup in the same manner as the + GROUP command (see Section 6.1.1) but also provides a list of article + numbers in the newsgroup. If no group is specified, the currently + selected newsgroup is used. + + On success, a list of article numbers is returned as a multi-line + data block following the 211 response code (the arguments on the + initial response line are the same as for the GROUP command). The + list contains one number per line and is in numerical order. It + lists precisely those articles that exist in the group at the moment + of selection (therefore, an empty group produces an empty list). If + the optional range argument is specified, only articles within the + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 39] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + range are included in the list (therefore, the list MAY be empty even + if the group is not). + + The range argument may be any of the following: + + o An article number. + + o An article number followed by a dash to indicate all following. + + o An article number followed by a dash followed by another article + number. + + In the last case, if the second number is less than the first number, + then the range contains no articles. Omitting the range is + equivalent to the range 1- being specified. + + If the group specified is not available on the server, a 411 response + MUST be returned. If no group is specified and the currently + selected newsgroup is invalid, a 412 response MUST be returned. + + Except that the group argument is optional, that a range argument can + be specified, and that a multi-line data block follows the 211 + response code, the LISTGROUP command is identical to the GROUP + command. In particular, when successful, the command sets the + current article number to the first article in the group, if any, + even if this is not within the range specified by the second + argument. + + Note that the range argument is a new feature in this specification + and servers that do not support CAPABILITIES (and therefore do not + conform to this specification) are unlikely to support it. + +6.1.2.3. Examples + + Example of LISTGROUP being used to select a group: + + [C] LISTGROUP misc.test + [S] 211 2000 3000234 3002322 misc.test list follows + [S] 3000234 + [S] 3000237 + [S] 3000238 + [S] 3000239 + [S] 3002322 + [S] . + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 40] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of LISTGROUP on an empty group: + + [C] LISTGROUP example.empty.newsgroup + [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup list follows + [S] . + + Example of LISTGROUP on a valid, currently selected newsgroup: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 2000 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] LISTGROUP + [S] 211 2000 3000234 3002322 misc.test list follows + [S] 3000234 + [S] 3000237 + [S] 3000238 + [S] 3000239 + [S] 3002322 + [S] . + + Example of LISTGROUP with a range: + + [C] LISTGROUP misc.test 3000238-3000248 + [S] 211 2000 3000234 3002322 misc.test list follows + [S] 3000238 + [S] 3000239 + [S] . + + Example of LISTGROUP with an empty range: + + [C] LISTGROUP misc.test 12345678- + [S] 211 2000 3000234 3002322 misc.test list follows + [S] . + + Example of LISTGROUP with an invalid range: + + [C] LISTGROUP misc.test 9999-111 + [S] 211 2000 3000234 3002322 misc.test list follows + [S] . + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 41] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +6.1.3. LAST + +6.1.3.1. Usage + + Indicating capability: READER + + Syntax + LAST + + Responses + 223 n message-id Article found + 412 No newsgroup selected + 420 Current article number is invalid + 422 No previous article in this group + + Parameters + n Article number + message-id Article message-id + +6.1.3.2. Description + + If the currently selected newsgroup is valid, the current article + number MUST be set to the previous article in that newsgroup (that + is, the highest existing article number less than the current article + number). If successful, a response indicating the new current + article number and the message-id of that article MUST be returned. + No article text is sent in response to this command. + + There MAY be no previous article in the group, although the current + article number is not the reported low water mark. There MUST NOT be + a previous article when the current article number is the reported + low water mark. + + Because articles can be removed and added, the results of multiple + LAST and NEXT commands MAY not be consistent over the life of a + particular NNTP session. + + If the current article number is already the first article of the + newsgroup, a 422 response MUST be returned. If the current article + number is invalid, a 420 response MUST be returned. If the currently + selected newsgroup is invalid, a 412 response MUST be returned. In + all three cases, the currently selected newsgroup and current article + number MUST NOT be altered. + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 42] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +6.1.3.3. Examples + + Example of a successful article retrieval using LAST: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] NEXT + [S] 223 3000237 <668929@example.org> retrieved + [C] LAST + [S] 223 3000234 <45223423@example.com> retrieved + + Example of an attempt to retrieve an article without having selected + a group (via the GROUP command) first: + + [Assumes currently selected newsgroup is invalid.] + [C] LAST + [S] 412 no newsgroup selected + + Example of an attempt to retrieve an article using the LAST command + when the current article number is that of the first article in the + group: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] LAST + [S] 422 No previous article to retrieve + + Example of an attempt to retrieve an article using the LAST command + when the currently selected newsgroup is empty: + + [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup + [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup + [C] LAST + [S] 420 No current article selected + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 43] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +6.1.4. NEXT + +6.1.4.1. Usage + + Indicating capability: READER + + Syntax + NEXT + + Responses + 223 n message-id Article found + 412 No newsgroup selected + 420 Current article number is invalid + 421 No next article in this group + + Parameters + n Article number + message-id Article message-id + +6.1.4.2. Description + + If the currently selected newsgroup is valid, the current article + number MUST be set to the next article in that newsgroup (that is, + the lowest existing article number greater than the current article + number). If successful, a response indicating the new current + article number and the message-id of that article MUST be returned. + No article text is sent in response to this command. + + If the current article number is already the last article of the + newsgroup, a 421 response MUST be returned. In all other aspects + (apart, of course, from the lack of 422 response), this command is + identical to the LAST command (Section 6.1.3). + +6.1.4.3. Examples + + Example of a successful article retrieval using NEXT: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] NEXT + [S] 223 3000237 <668929@example.org> retrieved + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 44] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of an attempt to retrieve an article without having selected + a group (via the GROUP command) first: + + [Assumes currently selected newsgroup is invalid.] + [C] NEXT + [S] 412 no newsgroup selected + + Example of an attempt to retrieve an article using the NEXT command + when the current article number is that of the last article in the + group: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] STAT 3002322 + [S] 223 3002322 <411@example.net> retrieved + [C] NEXT + [S] 421 No next article to retrieve + + Example of an attempt to retrieve an article using the NEXT command + when the currently selected newsgroup is empty: + + [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup + [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup + [C] NEXT + [S] 420 No current article selected + +6.2. Retrieval of Articles and Article Sections + + The ARTICLE, BODY, HEAD, and STAT commands are very similar. They + differ only in the parts of the article that are presented to the + client and in the successful response code. The ARTICLE command is + described here in full, while the other three commands are described + in terms of the differences. As specified in Section 3.6, an article + consists of two parts: the article headers and the article body. + + When responding to one of these commands, the server MUST present the + entire article or appropriate part and MUST NOT attempt to alter or + translate it in any way. + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 45] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +6.2.1. ARTICLE + +6.2.1.1. Usage + + Indicating capability: READER + + Syntax + ARTICLE message-id + ARTICLE number + ARTICLE + + Responses + + First form (message-id specified) + 220 0|n message-id Article follows (multi-line) + 430 No article with that message-id + + Second form (article number specified) + 220 n message-id Article follows (multi-line) + 412 No newsgroup selected + 423 No article with that number + + Third form (current article number used) + 220 n message-id Article follows (multi-line) + 412 No newsgroup selected + 420 Current article number is invalid + + Parameters + number Requested article number + n Returned article number + message-id Article message-id + +6.2.1.2. Description + + The ARTICLE command selects an article according to the arguments and + presents the entire article (that is, the headers, an empty line, and + the body, in that order) to the client. The command has three forms. + + In the first form, a message-id is specified, and the server presents + the article with that message-id. In this case, the server MUST NOT + alter the currently selected newsgroup or current article number. + This is both to facilitate the presentation of articles that may be + referenced within another article being read, and because of the + semantic difficulties of determining the proper sequence and + membership of an article that may have been cross-posted to more than + one newsgroup. + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 46] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + In the response, the article number MUST be replaced with zero, + unless there is a currently selected newsgroup and the article is + present in that group, in which case the server MAY use the article's + number in that group. (The server is not required to determine + whether the article is in the currently selected newsgroup or, if so, + what article number it has; the client MUST always be prepared for + zero to be specified.) The server MUST NOT provide an article number + unless use of that number in a second ARTICLE command immediately + following this one would return the same article. Even if the server + chooses to return article numbers in these circumstances, it need not + do so consistently; it MAY return zero to any such command (also see + the STAT examples, Section 6.2.4.3). + + In the second form, an article number is specified. If there is an + article with that number in the currently selected newsgroup, the + server MUST set the current article number to that number. + + In the third form, the article indicated by the current article + number in the currently selected newsgroup is used. + + Note that a previously valid article number MAY become invalid if the + article has been removed. A previously invalid article number MAY + become valid if the article has been reinstated, but this article + number MUST be no less than the reported low water mark for that + group. + + The server MUST NOT change the currently selected newsgroup as a + result of this command. The server MUST NOT change the current + article number except when an article number argument was provided + and the article exists; in particular, it MUST NOT change it + following an unsuccessful response. + + Since the message-id is unique for each article, it may be used by a + client to skip duplicate displays of articles that have been posted + more than once, or to more than one newsgroup. + + The article is returned as a multi-line data block following the 220 + response code. + + If the argument is a message-id and no such article exists, a 430 + response MUST be returned. If the argument is a number or is omitted + and the currently selected newsgroup is invalid, a 412 response MUST + be returned. If the argument is a number and that article does not + exist in the currently selected newsgroup, a 423 response MUST be + returned. If the argument is omitted and the current article number + is invalid, a 420 response MUST be returned. + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 47] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +6.2.1.3. Examples + + Example of a successful retrieval of an article (explicitly not using + an article number): + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] ARTICLE + [S] 220 3000234 <45223423@example.com> + [S] Path: pathost!demo!whitehouse!not-for-mail + [S] From: "Demo User" + [S] Newsgroups: misc.test + [S] Subject: I am just a test article + [S] Date: 6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500 + [S] Organization: An Example Net, Uncertain, Texas + [S] Message-ID: <45223423@example.com> + [S] + [S] This is just a test article. + [S] . + + Example of a successful retrieval of an article by message-id: + + [C] ARTICLE <45223423@example.com> + [S] 220 0 <45223423@example.com> + [S] Path: pathost!demo!whitehouse!not-for-mail + [S] From: "Demo User" + [S] Newsgroups: misc.test + [S] Subject: I am just a test article + [S] Date: 6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500 + [S] Organization: An Example Net, Uncertain, Texas + [S] Message-ID: <45223423@example.com> + [S] + [S] This is just a test article. + [S] . + + Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of an article by message-id: + + [C] ARTICLE + [S] 430 No Such Article Found + + Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of an article by number: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 news.groups + [C] ARTICLE 300256 + [S] 423 No article with that number + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 48] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of an article by number because + no newsgroup was selected first: + + [Assumes currently selected newsgroup is invalid.] + [C] ARTICLE 300256 + [S] 412 No newsgroup selected + + Example of an attempt to retrieve an article when the currently + selected newsgroup is empty: + + [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup + [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup + [C] ARTICLE + [S] 420 No current article selected + +6.2.2. HEAD + +6.2.2.1. Usage + + This command is mandatory. + + Syntax + HEAD message-id + HEAD number + HEAD + + Responses + + First form (message-id specified) + 221 0|n message-id Headers follow (multi-line) + 430 No article with that message-id + + Second form (article number specified) + 221 n message-id Headers follow (multi-line) + 412 No newsgroup selected + 423 No article with that number + + Third form (current article number used) + 221 n message-id Headers follow (multi-line) + 412 No newsgroup selected + 420 Current article number is invalid + + Parameters + number Requested article number + n Returned article number + message-id Article message-id + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 49] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +6.2.2.2. Description + + The HEAD command behaves identically to the ARTICLE command except + that, if the article exists, the response code is 221 instead of 220 + and only the headers are presented (the empty line separating the + headers and body MUST NOT be included). + +6.2.2.3. Examples + + Example of a successful retrieval of the headers of an article + (explicitly not using an article number): + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] HEAD + [S] 221 3000234 <45223423@example.com> + [S] Path: pathost!demo!whitehouse!not-for-mail + [S] From: "Demo User" + [S] Newsgroups: misc.test + [S] Subject: I am just a test article + [S] Date: 6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500 + [S] Organization: An Example Net, Uncertain, Texas + [S] Message-ID: <45223423@example.com> + [S] . + + Example of a successful retrieval of the headers of an article by + message-id: + + [C] HEAD <45223423@example.com> + [S] 221 0 <45223423@example.com> + [S] Path: pathost!demo!whitehouse!not-for-mail + [S] From: "Demo User" + [S] Newsgroups: misc.test + [S] Subject: I am just a test article + [S] Date: 6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500 + [S] Organization: An Example Net, Uncertain, Texas + [S] Message-ID: <45223423@example.com> + [S] . + + Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of the headers of an article by + message-id: + + [C] HEAD + [S] 430 No Such Article Found + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 50] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of the headers of an article by + number: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] HEAD 300256 + [S] 423 No article with that number + + Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of the headers of an article by + number because no newsgroup was selected first: + + [Assumes currently selected newsgroup is invalid.] + [C] HEAD 300256 + [S] 412 No newsgroup selected + + Example of an attempt to retrieve the headers of an article when the + currently selected newsgroup is empty: + + [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup + [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup + [C] HEAD + [S] 420 No current article selected + +6.2.3. BODY + +6.2.3.1. Usage + + Indicating capability: READER + + Syntax + BODY message-id + BODY number + BODY + + Responses + + First form (message-id specified) + 222 0|n message-id Body follows (multi-line) + 430 No article with that message-id + + Second form (article number specified) + 222 n message-id Body follows (multi-line) + 412 No newsgroup selected + 423 No article with that number + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 51] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Third form (current article number used) + 222 n message-id Body follows (multi-line) + 412 No newsgroup selected + 420 Current article number is invalid + + Parameters + number Requested article number + n Returned article number + message-id Article message-id + +6.2.3.2. Description + + The BODY command behaves identically to the ARTICLE command except + that, if the article exists, the response code is 222 instead of 220 + and only the body is presented (the empty line separating the headers + and body MUST NOT be included). + +6.2.3.3. Examples + + Example of a successful retrieval of the body of an article + (explicitly not using an article number): + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] BODY + [S] 222 3000234 <45223423@example.com> + [S] This is just a test article. + [S] . + + Example of a successful retrieval of the body of an article by + message-id: + + [C] BODY <45223423@example.com> + [S] 222 0 <45223423@example.com> + [S] This is just a test article. + [S] . + + Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of the body of an article by + message-id: + + [C] BODY + [S] 430 No Such Article Found + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 52] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of the body of an article by + number: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] BODY 300256 + [S] 423 No article with that number + + Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of the body of an article by + number because no newsgroup was selected first: + + [Assumes currently selected newsgroup is invalid.] + [C] BODY 300256 + [S] 412 No newsgroup selected + + Example of an attempt to retrieve the body of an article when the + currently selected newsgroup is empty: + + [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup + [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup + [C] BODY + [S] 420 No current article selected + +6.2.4. STAT + +6.2.4.1. Usage + + This command is mandatory. + + Syntax + STAT message-id + STAT number + STAT + + Responses + + First form (message-id specified) + 223 0|n message-id Article exists + 430 No article with that message-id + + Second form (article number specified) + 223 n message-id Article exists + 412 No newsgroup selected + 423 No article with that number + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 53] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Third form (current article number used) + 223 n message-id Article exists + 412 No newsgroup selected + 420 Current article number is invalid + + Parameters + number Requested article number + n Returned article number + message-id Article message-id + +6.2.4.2. Description + + The STAT command behaves identically to the ARTICLE command except + that, if the article exists, it is NOT presented to the client and + the response code is 223 instead of 220. Note that the response is + NOT multi-line. + + This command allows the client to determine whether an article exists + and, in the second and third forms, what its message-id is, without + having to process an arbitrary amount of text. + +6.2.4.3. Examples + + Example of STAT on an existing article (explicitly not using an + article number): + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] STAT + [S] 223 3000234 <45223423@example.com> + + Example of STAT on an existing article by message-id: + + [C] STAT <45223423@example.com> + [S] 223 0 <45223423@example.com> + + Example of STAT on an article not on the server by message-id: + + [C] STAT + [S] 430 No Such Article Found + + Example of STAT on an article not in the server by number: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] STAT 300256 + [S] 423 No article with that number + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 54] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of STAT on an article by number when no newsgroup was + selected first: + + [Assumes currently selected newsgroup is invalid.] + [C] STAT 300256 + [S] 412 No newsgroup selected + + Example of STAT on an article when the currently selected newsgroup + is empty: + + [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup + [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup + [C] STAT + [S] 420 No current article selected + + Example of STAT by message-id on a server that sometimes reports the + actual article number: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] STAT + [S] 223 3000234 <45223423@example.com> + [C] STAT <45223423@example.com> + [S] 223 0 <45223423@example.com> + [C] STAT <45223423@example.com> + [S] 223 3000234 <45223423@example.com> + [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup + [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup + [C] STAT <45223423@example.com> + [S] 223 0 <45223423@example.com> + [C] GROUP alt.crossposts + [S] 211 9999 111111 222222 alt.crossposts + [C] STAT <45223423@example.com> + [S] 223 123456 <45223423@example.com> + [C] STAT + [S] 223 111111 <23894720@example.com> + + The first STAT command establishes the identity of an article in the + group. The second and third show that the server may, but need not, + give the article number when the message-id is specified. The fourth + STAT command shows that zero must be specified if the article isn't + in the currently selected newsgroup. The fifth shows that the + number, if provided, must be that relating to the currently selected + newsgroup. The last one shows that the current article number is + still not changed by the use of STAT with a message-id even if it + returns an article number. + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 55] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +6.3. Article Posting + + Article posting is done in one of two ways: individual article + posting from news-reading clients using POST, and article transfer + from other news servers using IHAVE. + +6.3.1. POST + +6.3.1.1. Usage + + Indicating capability: POST + + This command MUST NOT be pipelined. + + Syntax + POST + + Responses + + Initial responses + 340 Send article to be posted + 440 Posting not permitted + + Subsequent responses + 240 Article received OK + 441 Posting failed + +6.3.1.2. Description + + If posting is allowed, a 340 response MUST be returned to indicate + that the article to be posted should be sent. If posting is + prohibited for some installation-dependent reason, a 440 response + MUST be returned. + + If posting is permitted, the article MUST be in the format specified + in Section 3.6 and MUST be sent by the client to the server as a + multi-line data block (see Section 3.1.1). Thus a single dot (".") + on a line indicates the end of the text, and lines starting with a + dot in the original text have that dot doubled during transmission. + + Following the presentation of the termination sequence by the client, + the server MUST return a response indicating success or failure of + the article transfer. Note that response codes 340 and 440 are used + in direct response to the POST command while 240 and 441 are returned + after the article is sent. + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 56] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + A response of 240 SHOULD indicate that, barring unforeseen server + errors, the posted article will be made available on the server + and/or transferred to other servers, as appropriate, possibly + following further processing. In other words, articles not wanted by + the server SHOULD be rejected with a 441 response, rather than being + accepted and then discarded silently. However, the client SHOULD NOT + assume that the article has been successfully transferred unless it + receives an affirmative response from the server and SHOULD NOT + assume that it is being made available to other clients without + explicitly checking (for example, using the STAT command). + + If the session is interrupted before the response is received, it is + possible that an affirmative response was sent but has been lost. + Therefore, in any subsequent session, the client SHOULD either check + whether the article was successfully posted before resending or + ensure that the server will allocate the same message-id to the new + attempt (see Appendix A.2). The latter approach is preferred since + the article might not have been made available for reading yet (for + example, it may have to go through a moderation process). + +6.3.1.3. Examples + + Example of a successful posting: + + [C] POST + [S] 340 Input article; end with . + [C] From: "Demo User" + [C] Newsgroups: misc.test + [C] Subject: I am just a test article + [C] Organization: An Example Net + [C] + [C] This is just a test article. + [C] . + [S] 240 Article received OK + + Example of an unsuccessful posting: + + [C] POST + [S] 340 Input article; end with . + [C] From: "Demo User" + [C] Newsgroups: misc.test + [C] Subject: I am just a test article + [C] Organization: An Example Net + [C] + [C] This is just a test article. + [C] . + [S] 441 Posting failed + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 57] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of an attempt to post when posting is not allowed: + + [Initial connection set-up completed.] + [S] 201 NNTP Service Ready, posting prohibited + [C] POST + [S] 440 Posting not permitted + +6.3.2. IHAVE + +6.3.2.1. Usage + + Indicating capability: IHAVE + + This command MUST NOT be pipelined. + + Syntax + IHAVE message-id + + Responses + + Initial responses + 335 Send article to be transferred + 435 Article not wanted + 436 Transfer not possible; try again later + + Subsequent responses + 235 Article transferred OK + 436 Transfer failed; try again later + 437 Transfer rejected; do not retry + + Parameters + message-id Article message-id + +6.3.2.2. Description + + The IHAVE command informs the server that the client has an article + with the specified message-id. If the server desires a copy of that + article, a 335 response MUST be returned, instructing the client to + send the entire article. If the server does not want the article + (if, for example, the server already has a copy of it), a 435 + response MUST be returned, indicating that the article is not wanted. + Finally, if the article isn't wanted immediately but the client + should retry later if possible (if, for example, another client is in + the process of sending the same article to the server), a 436 + response MUST be returned. + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 58] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + If transmission of the article is requested, the client MUST send the + entire article, including headers and body, to the server as a + multi-line data block (see Section 3.1.1). Thus, a single dot (".") + on a line indicates the end of the text, and lines starting with a + dot in the original text have that dot doubled during transmission. + The server MUST return a 235 response, indicating that the article + was successfully transferred; a 436 response, indicating that the + transfer failed but should be tried again later; or a 437 response, + indicating that the article was rejected. + + This function differs from the POST command in that it is intended + for use in transferring already-posted articles between hosts. It + SHOULD NOT be used when the client is a personal news-reading + program, since use of this command indicates that the article has + already been posted at another site and is simply being forwarded + from another host. However, despite this, the server MAY elect not + to post or forward the article if, after further examination of the + article, it deems it inappropriate to do so. Reasons for such + subsequent rejection of an article may include problems such as + inappropriate newsgroups or distributions, disc space limitations, + article lengths, garbled headers, and the like. These are typically + restrictions enforced by the server host's news software and not + necessarily by the NNTP server itself. + + The client SHOULD NOT assume that the article has been successfully + transferred unless it receives an affirmative response from the + server. A lack of response (such as a dropped network connection or + a network timeout) SHOULD be treated the same as a 436 response. + + Because some news server software may not immediately be able to + determine whether an article is suitable for posting or forwarding, + an NNTP server MAY acknowledge the successful transfer of the article + (with a 235 response) but later silently discard it. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 59] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +6.3.2.3. Examples + + Example of successfully sending an article to another site: + + [C] IHAVE + [S] 335 Send it; end with . + [C] Path: pathost!demo!somewhere!not-for-mail + [C] From: "Demo User" + [C] Newsgroups: misc.test + [C] Subject: I am just a test article + [C] Date: 6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500 + [C] Organization: An Example Com, San Jose, CA + [C] Message-ID: + [C] + [C] This is just a test article. + [C] . + [S] 235 Article transferred OK + + Example of sending an article to another site that rejects it. Note + that the message-id in the IHAVE command is not the same as the one + in the article headers; while this is bad practice and SHOULD NOT be + done, it is not forbidden. + + [C] IHAVE + [S] 335 Send it; end with . + [C] Path: pathost!demo!somewhere!not-for-mail + [C] From: "Demo User" + [C] Newsgroups: misc.test + [C] Subject: I am just a test article + [C] Date: 6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500 + [C] Organization: An Example Com, San Jose, CA + [C] Message-ID: + [C] + [C] This is just a test article. + [C] . + [S] 437 Article rejected; don't send again + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 60] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of sending an article to another site where the transfer + fails: + + [C] IHAVE + [S] 335 Send it; end with . + [C] Path: pathost!demo!somewhere!not-for-mail + [C] From: "Demo User" + [C] Newsgroups: misc.test + [C] Subject: I am just a test article + [C] Date: 6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500 + [C] Organization: An Example Com, San Jose, CA + [C] Message-ID: + [C] + [C] This is just a test article. + [C] . + [S] 436 Transfer failed + + Example of sending an article to a site that already has it: + + [C] IHAVE + [S] 435 Duplicate + + Example of sending an article to a site that requests that the + article be tried again later: + + [C] IHAVE + [S] 436 Retry later + +7. Information Commands + + This section lists other commands that may be used at any time + between the beginning of a session and its termination. Using these + commands does not alter any state information, but the response + generated from their use may provide useful information to clients. + +7.1. DATE + +7.1.1. Usage + + Indicating capability: READER + + Syntax + DATE + + Responses + 111 yyyymmddhhmmss Server date and time + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 61] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Parameters + yyyymmddhhmmss Current UTC date and time on server + +7.1.2. Description + + This command exists to help clients find out the current Coordinated + Universal Time [TF.686-1] from the server's perspective. This + command SHOULD NOT be used as a substitute for NTP [RFC1305] but to + provide information that might be useful when using the NEWNEWS + command (see Section 7.4). + + The DATE command MUST return a timestamp from the same clock as is + used for determining article arrival and group creation times (see + Section 6). This clock SHOULD be monotonic, and adjustments SHOULD + be made by running it fast or slow compared to "real" time rather + than by making sudden jumps. A system providing NNTP service SHOULD + keep the system clock as accurate as possible, either with NTP or by + some other method. + + The server MUST return a 111 response specifying the date and time on + the server in the form yyyymmddhhmmss. This date and time is in + Coordinated Universal Time. + +7.1.3. Examples + + [C] DATE + [S] 111 19990623135624 + +7.2. HELP + +7.2.1. Usage + + This command is mandatory. + + Syntax + HELP + + Responses + 100 Help text follows (multi-line) + +7.2.2. Description + + This command provides a short summary of the commands that are + understood by this implementation of the server. The help text will + be presented as a multi-line data block following the 100 response + code. + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 62] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + This text is not guaranteed to be in any particular format (but must + be UTF-8) and MUST NOT be used by clients as a replacement for the + CAPABILITIES command described in Section 5.2. + +7.2.3. Examples + + [C] HELP + [S] 100 Help text follows + [S] This is some help text. There is no specific + [S] formatting requirement for this test, though + [S] it is customary for it to list the valid commands + [S] and give a brief definition of what they do. + [S] . + +7.3. NEWGROUPS + +7.3.1. Usage + + Indicating capability: READER + + Syntax + NEWGROUPS date time [GMT] + + Responses + 231 List of new newsgroups follows (multi-line) + + Parameters + date Date in yymmdd or yyyymmdd format + time Time in hhmmss format + +7.3.2. Description + + This command returns a list of newsgroups created on the server since + the specified date and time. The results are in the same format as + the LIST ACTIVE command (see Section 7.6.3). However, they MAY + include groups not available on the server (and so not returned by + LIST ACTIVE) and MAY omit groups for which the creation date is not + available. + + The date is specified as 6 or 8 digits in the format [xx]yymmdd, + where xx is the first two digits of the year (19-99), yy is the last + two digits of the year (00-99), mm is the month (01-12), and dd is + the day of the month (01-31). Clients SHOULD specify all four digits + of the year. If the first two digits of the year are not specified + (this is supported only for backward compatibility), the year is to + be taken from the current century if yy is smaller than or equal to + the current year, and the previous century otherwise. + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 63] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + The time is specified as 6 digits in the format hhmmss, where hh is + the hours in the 24-hour clock (00-23), mm is the minutes (00-59), + and ss is the seconds (00-60, to allow for leap seconds). The token + "GMT" specifies that the date and time are given in Coordinated + Universal Time [TF.686-1]; if it is omitted, then the date and time + are specified in the server's local timezone. Note that there is no + way of using the protocol specified in this document to establish the + server's local timezone. + + Note that an empty list is a possible valid response and indicates + that there are no new newsgroups since that date-time. + + Clients SHOULD make all queries using Coordinated Universal Time + (i.e., by including the "GMT" argument) when possible. + +7.3.3. Examples + + Example where there are new groups: + + [C] NEWGROUPS 19990624 000000 GMT + [S] 231 list of new newsgroups follows + [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery 4 1 y + [S] tx.natives.recovery 89 56 y + [S] . + + Example where there are no new groups: + + [C] NEWGROUPS 19990624 000000 GMT + [S] 231 list of new newsgroups follows + [S] . + +7.4. NEWNEWS + +7.4.1. Usage + + Indicating capability: NEWNEWS + + Syntax + NEWNEWS wildmat date time [GMT] + + Responses + 230 List of new articles follows (multi-line) + + Parameters + wildmat Newsgroups of interest + date Date in yymmdd or yyyymmdd format + time Time in hhmmss format + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 64] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +7.4.2. Description + + This command returns a list of message-ids of articles posted or + received on the server, in the newsgroups whose names match the + wildmat, since the specified date and time. One message-id is sent + on each line; the order of the response has no specific significance + and may vary from response to response in the same session. A + message-id MAY appear more than once; if it does, it has the same + meaning as if it appeared only once. + + Date and time are in the same format as the NEWGROUPS command (see + Section 7.3). + + Note that an empty list is a possible valid response and indicates + that there is currently no new news in the relevant groups. + + Clients SHOULD make all queries in Coordinated Universal Time (i.e., + by using the "GMT" argument) when possible. + +7.4.3. Examples + + Example where there are new articles: + + [C] NEWNEWS news.*,sci.* 19990624 000000 GMT + [S] 230 list of new articles by message-id follows + [S] + [S] + [S] . + + Example where there are no new articles: + + [C] NEWNEWS alt.* 19990624 000000 GMT + [S] 230 list of new articles by message-id follows + [S] . + +7.5. Time + + As described in Section 6, each article has an arrival timestamp. + Each newsgroup also has a creation timestamp. These timestamps are + used by the NEWNEWS and NEWGROUP commands to construct their + responses. + + Clients can ensure that they do not have gaps in lists of articles or + groups by using the DATE command in the following manner: + + First session: + Issue DATE command and record result. + Issue NEWNEWS command using a previously chosen timestamp. + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 65] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Subsequent sessions: + Issue DATE command and hold result in temporary storage. + Issue NEWNEWS command using timestamp saved from previous session. + Overwrite saved timestamp with that currently in temporary + storage. + + In order to allow for minor errors, clients MAY want to adjust the + timestamp back by two or three minutes before using it in NEWNEWS. + +7.5.1. Examples + + First session: + + [C] DATE + [S] 111 20010203112233 + [C] NEWNEWS local.chat 20001231 235959 GMT + [S] 230 list follows + [S] + [S] + [S] + [S] . + + Second session (the client has subtracted 3 minutes from the + timestamp returned previously): + + [C] DATE + [S] 111 20010204003344 + [C] NEWNEWS local.chat 20010203 111933 GMT + [S] 230 list follows + [S] + [S] + [S] + [S] . + + Note how arrived in the 3 minute gap and so + is listed in both responses. + +7.6. The LIST Commands + + The LIST family of commands all return information that is multi-line + and that can, in general, be expected not to change during the + session. Often the information is related to newsgroups, in which + case the response has one line per newsgroup and a wildmat MAY be + provided to restrict the groups for which information is returned. + + The set of available keywords (including those provided by + extensions) is given in the capability list with capability label + LIST. + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 66] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +7.6.1. LIST + +7.6.1.1. Usage + + Indicating capability: LIST + + Syntax + LIST [keyword [wildmat|argument]] + + Responses + 215 Information follows (multi-line) + + Parameters + keyword Information requested [1] + argument Specific to keyword + wildmat Groups of interest + + [1] If no keyword is provided, it defaults to ACTIVE. + +7.6.1.2. Description + + The LIST command allows the server to provide blocks of information + to the client. This information may be global or may be related to + newsgroups; in the latter case, the information may be returned + either for all groups or only for those matching a wildmat. Each + block of information is represented by a different keyword. The + command returns the specific information identified by the keyword. + + If the information is available, it is returned as a multi-line data + block following the 215 response code. The format of the information + depends on the keyword. The information MAY be affected by the + additional argument, but the format MUST NOT be. + + If the information is based on newsgroups and the optional wildmat + argument is specified, the response is limited to only the groups (if + any) whose names match the wildmat and for which the information is + available. + + Note that an empty list is a possible valid response; for a + newsgroup-based keyword, it indicates that there are no groups + meeting the above criteria. + + If the keyword is not recognised, or if an argument is specified and + the keyword does not expect one, a 501 response code MUST BE + returned. If the keyword is recognised but the server does not + maintain the information, a 503 response code MUST BE returned. + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 67] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + The LIST command MUST NOT change the visible state of the server in + any way; that is, the behaviour of subsequent commands MUST NOT be + affected by whether the LIST command was issued. For example, it + MUST NOT make groups available that otherwise would not have been. + +7.6.1.3. Examples + + Example of LIST with the ACTIVE keyword: + + [C] LIST ACTIVE + [S] 215 list of newsgroups follows + [S] misc.test 3002322 3000234 y + [S] comp.risks 442001 441099 m + [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery 4 1 y + [S] tx.natives.recovery 89 56 y + [S] tx.natives.recovery.d 11 9 n + [S] . + + Example of LIST with no keyword: + + [C] LIST + [S] 215 list of newsgroups follows + [S] misc.test 3002322 3000234 y + [S] comp.risks 442001 441099 m + [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery 4 1 y + [S] tx.natives.recovery 89 56 y + [S] tx.natives.recovery.d 11 9 n + [S] . + + The output is identical to that of the previous example. + + Example of LIST on a newsgroup-based keyword with and without + wildmat: + + [C] LIST ACTIVE.TIMES + [S] 215 information follows + [S] misc.test 930445408 + [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery 930562309 + [S] tx.natives.recovery 930678923 + [S] . + [C] LIST ACTIVE.TIMES tx.* + [S] 215 information follows + [S] tx.natives.recovery 930678923 + [S] . + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 68] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of LIST returning an error where the keyword is recognized + but the software does not maintain this information: + + [C] CAPABILITIES + [S] 101 Capability list: + [S] VERSION 2 + [S] READER + [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS ACTIVE.TIMES XTRA.DATA + [S] . + [C] LIST XTRA.DATA + [S] 503 Data item not stored + + Example of LIST where the keyword is not recognised: + + [C] CAPABILITIES + [S] 101 Capability list: + [S] VERSION 2 + [S] READER + [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS ACTIVE.TIMES XTRA.DATA + [S] . + [C] LIST DISTRIB.PATS + [S] 501 Syntax Error + +7.6.2. Standard LIST Keywords + + This specification defines the following LIST keywords: + + +--------------+---------------+------------------------------------+ + | Keyword | Definition | Status | + +--------------+---------------+------------------------------------+ + | ACTIVE | Section 7.6.3 | Mandatory if the READER capability | + | | | is advertised | + | | | | + | ACTIVE.TIMES | Section 7.6.4 | Optional | + | | | | + | DISTRIB.PATS | Section 7.6.5 | Optional | + | | | | + | HEADERS | Section 8.6 | Mandatory if the HDR capability is | + | | | advertised | + | | | | + | NEWSGROUPS | Section 7.6.6 | Mandatory if the READER capability | + | | | is advertised | + | | | | + | OVERVIEW.FMT | Section 8.4 | Mandatory if the OVER capability | + | | | is advertised | + +--------------+---------------+------------------------------------+ + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 69] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Where one of these LIST keywords is supported by a server, it MUST + have the meaning given in the relevant sub-section. + +7.6.3. LIST ACTIVE + + This keyword MUST be supported by servers advertising the READER + capability. + + LIST ACTIVE returns a list of valid newsgroups and associated + information. If no wildmat is specified, the server MUST include + every group that the client is permitted to select with the GROUP + command (Section 6.1.1). Each line of this list consists of four + fields separated from each other by one or more spaces: + + o The name of the newsgroup. + o The reported high water mark for the group. + o The reported low water mark for the group. + o The current status of the group on this server. + + The reported high and low water marks are as described in the GROUP + command (see Section 6.1.1), but note that they are in the opposite + order to the 211 response to that command. + + The status field is typically one of the following: + + "y" Posting is permitted. + + "n" Posting is not permitted. + + "m" Postings will be forwarded to the newsgroup moderator. + + The server SHOULD use these values when these meanings are required + and MUST NOT use them with any other meaning. Other values for the + status may exist; the definition of these other values and the + circumstances under which they are returned may be specified in an + extension or may be private to the server. A client SHOULD treat an + unrecognized status as giving no information. + + The status of a newsgroup only indicates how posts to that newsgroup + are normally processed and is not necessarily customised to the + specific client. For example, if the current client is forbidden + from posting, then this will apply equally to groups with status "y". + Conversely, a client with special privileges (not defined by this + specification) might be able to post to a group with status "n". + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 70] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + For example: + + [C] LIST ACTIVE + [S] 215 list of newsgroups follows + [S] misc.test 3002322 3000234 y + [S] comp.risks 442001 441099 m + [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery 4 1 y + [S] tx.natives.recovery 89 56 y + [S] tx.natives.recovery.d 11 9 n + [S] . + + or, on an implementation that includes leading zeroes: + + [C] LIST ACTIVE + [S] 215 list of newsgroups follows + [S] misc.test 0003002322 0003000234 y + [S] comp.risks 0000442001 0000441099 m + [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery 0000000004 0000000001 y + [S] tx.natives.recovery 0000000089 0000000056 y + [S] tx.natives.recovery.d 0000000011 0000000009 n + [S] . + + The information is newsgroup based, and a wildmat MAY be specified, + in which case the response is limited to only the groups (if any) + whose names match the wildmat. For example: + + [C] LIST ACTIVE *.recovery + [S] 215 list of newsgroups follows + [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery 4 1 y + [S] tx.natives.recovery 89 56 y + [S] . + +7.6.4. LIST ACTIVE.TIMES + + This keyword is optional. + + The active.times list is maintained by some NNTP servers to contain + information about who created a particular newsgroup and when. Each + line of this list consists of three fields separated from each other + by one or more spaces. The first field is the name of the newsgroup. + The second is the time when this group was created on this news + server, measured in seconds since the start of January 1, 1970. The + third is plain text intended to describe the entity that created the + newsgroup; it is often a mailbox as defined in RFC 2822 [RFC2822]. + For example: + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 71] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + [C] LIST ACTIVE.TIMES + [S] 215 information follows + [S] misc.test 930445408 + [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery 930562309 + [S] tx.natives.recovery 930678923 + [S] . + + The list MAY omit newsgroups for which the information is unavailable + and MAY include groups not available on the server; in particular, it + MAY omit all groups created before the date and time of the oldest + entry. The client MUST NOT assume that the list is complete or that + it matches the list returned by the LIST ACTIVE command + (Section 7.6.3). The NEWGROUPS command (Section 7.3) may provide a + better way to access this information, and the results of the two + commands SHOULD be consistent except that, if the latter is invoked + with a date and time earlier than the oldest entry in active.times + list, its result may include extra groups. + + The information is newsgroup based, and a wildmat MAY be specified, + in which case the response is limited to only the groups (if any) + whose names match the wildmat. + +7.6.5. LIST DISTRIB.PATS + + This keyword is optional. + + The distrib.pats list is maintained by some NNTP servers to assist + clients to choose a value for the content of the Distribution header + of a news article being posted. Each line of this list consists of + three fields separated from each other by a colon (":"). The first + field is a weight, the second field is a wildmat (which may be a + simple newsgroup name), and the third field is a value for the + Distribution header content. For example: + + [C] LIST DISTRIB.PATS + [S] 215 information follows + [S] 10:local.*:local + [S] 5:*:world + [S] 20:local.here.*:thissite + [S] . + + The client MAY use this information to construct an appropriate + Distribution header given the name of a newsgroup. To do so, it + should determine the lines whose second field matches the newsgroup + name, select from among them the line with the highest weight (with 0 + being the lowest), and use the value of the third field to construct + the Distribution header. + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 72] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + The information is not newsgroup based, and an argument MUST NOT be + specified. + +7.6.6. LIST NEWSGROUPS + + This keyword MUST be supported by servers advertising the READER + capability. + + The newsgroups list is maintained by NNTP servers to contain the name + of each newsgroup that is available on the server and a short + description about the purpose of the group. Each line of this list + consists of two fields separated from each other by one or more space + or TAB characters (the usual practice is a single TAB). The first + field is the name of the newsgroup, and the second is a short + description of the group. For example: + + [C] LIST NEWSGROUPS + [S] 215 information follows + [S] misc.test General Usenet testing + [S] alt.rfc-writers.recovery RFC Writers Recovery + [S] tx.natives.recovery Texas Natives Recovery + [S] . + + The list MAY omit newsgroups for which the information is unavailable + and MAY include groups not available on the server. The client MUST + NOT assume that the list is complete or that it matches the list + returned by LIST ACTIVE. + + The description SHOULD be in UTF-8. However, servers often obtain + the information from external sources. These sources may have used + different encodings (ones that use octets in the range 128 to 255 in + some other manner) and, in that case, the server MAY pass it on + unchanged. Therefore, clients MUST be prepared to receive such + descriptions. + + The information is newsgroup based, and a wildmat MAY be specified, + in which case the response is limited to only the groups (if any) + whose names match the wildmat. + +8. Article Field Access Commands + + This section lists commands that may be used to access specific + article fields; that is, headers of articles and metadata about + articles. These commands typically fetch data from an "overview + database", which is a database of headers extracted from incoming + articles plus metadata determined as the article arrives. Only + certain fields are included in the database. + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 73] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + This section is based on the Overview/NOV database [ROBE1995] + developed by Geoff Collyer. + +8.1. Article Metadata + + Article "metadata" is data about articles that does not occur within + the article itself. Each metadata item has a name that MUST begin + with a colon (and that MUST NOT contain a colon elsewhere within it). + As with header names, metadata item names are not case sensitive. + + When generating a metadata item, the server MUST compute it for + itself and MUST NOT trust any related value provided in the article. + (In particular, a Lines or Bytes header in the article MUST NOT be + assumed to specify the correct number of lines or bytes in the + article.) If the server has access to several non-identical copies + of an article, the value returned MUST be correct for any copy of + that article retrieved during the same session. + + This specification defines two metadata items: ":bytes" and ":lines". + Other metadata items may be defined by extensions. The names of + metadata items defined by registered extensions MUST NOT begin with + ":x-". To avoid the risk of a clash with a future registered + extension, the names of metadata items defined by private extensions + SHOULD begin with ":x-". + +8.1.1. The :bytes Metadata Item + + The :bytes metadata item for an article is a decimal integer. It + SHOULD equal the number of octets in the entire article: headers, + body, and separating empty line (counting a CRLF pair as two octets, + and excluding both the "." CRLF terminating the response and any "." + added for "dot-stuffing" purposes). + + Note to client implementers: some existing servers return a value + different from that above. The commonest reasons for this are as + follows: + + o Counting a CRLF pair as one octet. + + o Including the "." character used for dot-stuffing in the number. + + o Including the terminating "." CRLF in the number. + + o Using one copy of an article for counting the octets but then + returning another one that differs in some (permitted) manner. + + Implementations should be prepared for such variation and MUST NOT + rely on the value being accurate. + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 74] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +8.1.2. The :lines Metadata Item + + The :lines metadata item for an article is a decimal integer. It + MUST equal the number of lines in the article body (excluding the + empty line separating headers and body). Equivalently, it is two + less than the number of CRLF pairs that the BODY command would return + for that article (the extra two are those following the response code + and the termination octet). + +8.2. Database Consistency + + The information stored in the overview database may change over time. + If the database records the content or absence of a given field (that + is, a header or metadata item) for all articles, it is said to be + "consistent" for that field. If it records the content of a header + for some articles but not for others that nevertheless included that + header, or if it records a metadata item for some articles but not + for others to which that item applies, it is said to be + "inconsistent" for that field. + + The LIST OVERVIEW.FMT command SHOULD list all the fields for which + the database is consistent at that moment. It MAY omit such fields + (for example, if it is not known whether the database is consistent + or inconsistent). It MUST NOT include fields for which the database + is inconsistent or that are not stored in the database. Therefore, + if a header appears in the LIST OVERVIEW.FMT output but not in the + OVER output for a given article, that header does not appear in the + article (similarly for metadata items). + + These rules assume that the fields being stored in the database + remain constant for long periods of time, and therefore the database + will be consistent. When the set of fields to be stored is changed, + it will be inconsistent until either the database is rebuilt or the + only articles remaining are those received since the change. + Therefore, the output from LIST OVERVIEW.FMT needs to be altered + twice. Firstly, before any fields stop being stored they MUST be + removed from the output; then, when the database is once more known + to be consistent, the new fields SHOULD be added to the output. + + If the HDR command uses the overview database rather than taking + information directly from the articles, the same issues of + consistency and inconsistency apply, and the LIST HEADERS command + SHOULD take the same approach as the LIST OVERVIEW.FMT command in + resolving them. + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 75] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +8.3. OVER + +8.3.1. Usage + + Indicating capability: OVER + + Syntax + OVER message-id + OVER range + OVER + + Responses + + First form (message-id specified) + 224 Overview information follows (multi-line) + 430 No article with that message-id + + Second form (range specified) + 224 Overview information follows (multi-line) + 412 No newsgroup selected + 423 No articles in that range + + Third form (current article number used) + 224 Overview information follows (multi-line) + 412 No newsgroup selected + 420 Current article number is invalid + + Parameters + range Number(s) of articles + message-id Message-id of article + +8.3.2. Description + + The OVER command returns the contents of all the fields in the + database for an article specified by message-id, or from a specified + article or range of articles in the currently selected newsgroup. + + The message-id argument indicates a specific article. The range + argument may be any of the following: + + o An article number. + + o An article number followed by a dash to indicate all following. + + o An article number followed by a dash followed by another article + number. + + If neither is specified, the current article number is used. + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 76] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Support for the first (message-id) form is optional. If it is + supported, the OVER capability line MUST include the argument + "MSGID". Otherwise, the capability line MUST NOT include this + argument, and the OVER command MUST return the generic response code + 503 when this form is used. + + If the information is available, it is returned as a multi-line data + block following the 224 response code and contains one line per + article, sorted in numerical order of article number. (Note that + unless the argument is a range including a dash, there will be + exactly one line in the data block.) Each line consists of a number + of fields separated by a TAB. A field may be empty (in which case + there will be two adjacent TABs), and a sequence of trailing TABs may + be omitted. + + The first 8 fields MUST be the following, in order: + + "0" or article number (see below) + Subject header content + From header content + Date header content + Message-ID header content + References header content + :bytes metadata item + :lines metadata item + + If the article is specified by message-id (the first form of the + command), the article number MUST be replaced with zero, except that + if there is a currently selected newsgroup and the article is present + in that group, the server MAY use the article's number in that group. + (See the ARTICLE command (Section 6.2.1) and STAT examples + (Section 6.2.4.3) for more details.) In the other two forms of the + command, the article number MUST be returned. + + Any subsequent fields are the contents of the other headers and + metadata held in the database. + + For the five mandatory headers, the content of each field MUST be + based on the content of the header (that is, with the header name and + following colon and space removed). If the article does not contain + that header, or if the content is empty, the field MUST be empty. + For the two mandatory metadata items, the content of the field MUST + be just the value, with no other text. + + For all subsequent fields that contain headers, the content MUST be + the entire header line other than the trailing CRLF. For all + subsequent fields that contain metadata, the field consists of the + metadata name, a single space, and then the value. + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 77] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + For all fields, the value is processed by first removing all CRLF + pairs (that is, undoing any folding and removing the terminating + CRLF) and then replacing each TAB with a single space. If there is + no such header in the article, no such metadata item, or no header or + item stored in the database for that article, the corresponding field + MUST be empty. + + Note that, after unfolding, the characters NUL, LF, and CR cannot + occur in the header of an article offered by a conformant server. + Nevertheless, servers SHOULD check for these characters and replace + each one by a single space (so that, for example, CR LF LF TAB will + become two spaces, since the CR and first LF will be removed by the + unfolding process). This will encourage robustness in the face of + non-conforming data; it is also possible that future versions of this + specification could permit these characters to appear in articles. + + The server SHOULD NOT produce output for articles that no longer + exist. + + If the argument is a message-id and no such article exists, a 430 + response MUST be returned. If the argument is a range or is omitted + and the currently selected newsgroup is invalid, a 412 response MUST + be returned. If the argument is a range and no articles in that + number range exist in the currently selected newsgroup, including the + case where the second number is less than the first one, a 423 + response MUST be returned. If the argument is omitted and the + current article number is invalid, a 420 response MUST be returned. + +8.3.3. Examples + + In the first four examples, TAB has been replaced by vertical bar and + some lines have been folded for readability. + + Example of a successful retrieval of overview information for an + article (explicitly not using an article number): + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] OVER + [S] 224 Overview information follows + [S] 3000234|I am just a test article|"Demo User" + |6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500| + <45223423@example.com>|<45454@example.net>|1234| + 17|Xref: news.example.com misc.test:3000363 + [S] . + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 78] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of a successful retrieval of overview information for an + article by message-id: + + [C] CAPABILITIES + [S] 101 Capability list: + [S] VERSION 2 + [S] READER + [S] OVER MSGID + [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS OVERVIEW.FMT + [S] . + [C] OVER <45223423@example.com> + [S] 224 Overview information follows + [S] 0|I am just a test article|"Demo User" + |6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500| + <45223423@example.com>|<45454@example.net>|1234| + 17|Xref: news.example.com misc.test:3000363 + [S] . + + Note that the article number has been replaced by "0". + + Example of the same commands on a system that does not implement + retrieval by message-id: + + [C] CAPABILITIES + [S] 101 Capability list: + [S] VERSION 2 + [S] READER + [S] OVER + [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS OVERVIEW.FMT + [S] . + [C] OVER <45223423@example.com> + [S] 503 Overview by message-id unsupported + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 79] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of a successful retrieval of overview information for a range + of articles: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] OVER 3000234-3000240 + [S] 224 Overview information follows + [S] 3000234|I am just a test article|"Demo User" + |6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500| + <45223423@example.com>|<45454@example.net>|1234| + 17|Xref: news.example.com misc.test:3000363 + [S] 3000235|Another test article|nobody@nowhere.to + (Demo User)|6 Oct 1998 04:38:45 -0500|<45223425@to.to>|| + 4818|37||Distribution: fi + [S] 3000238|Re: I am just a test article|somebody@elsewhere.to| + 7 Oct 1998 11:38:40 +1200|| + <45223423@to.to>|9234|51 + [S] . + + Note the missing "References" and Xref headers in the second line, + the missing trailing fields in the first and last lines, and that + there are only results for those articles that still exist. + + Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of overview information on an + article by number: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] OVER 300256 + [S] 423 No such article in this group + + Example of an invalid range: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] OVER 3000444-3000222 + [S] 423 Empty range + + Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of overview information by + number because no newsgroup was selected first: + + [Assumes currently selected newsgroup is invalid.] + [C] OVER + [S] 412 No newsgroup selected + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 80] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of an attempt to retrieve information when the currently + selected newsgroup is empty: + + [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup + [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup + [C] OVER + [S] 420 No current article selected + +8.4. LIST OVERVIEW.FMT + +8.4.1. Usage + + Indicating capability: OVER + + Syntax + LIST OVERVIEW.FMT + + Responses + 215 Information follows (multi-line) + +8.4.2. Description + + See Section 7.6.1 for general requirements of the LIST command. + + The LIST OVERVIEW.FMT command returns a description of the fields in + the database for which it is consistent (as described above). The + information is returned as a multi-line data block following the 215 + response code. The information contains one line per field in the + order in which they are returned by the OVER command; the first 7 + lines MUST (except for the case of letters) be exactly as follows: + + Subject: + From: + Date: + Message-ID: + References: + :bytes + :lines + + For compatibility with existing implementations, the last two lines + MAY instead be: + + Bytes: + Lines: + + even though they refer to metadata, not headers. + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 81] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + All subsequent lines MUST consist of either a header name followed by + ":full", or the name of a piece of metadata. + + There are no leading or trailing spaces in the output. + + Note that the 7 fixed lines describe the 2nd to 8th fields of the + OVER output. The "full" suffix (which may use either uppercase, + lowercase, or a mix) is a reminder that the corresponding fields + include the header name. + + This command MAY generate different results if it is used more than + once in a session. + + If the OVER command is not implemented, the meaning of the output + from this command is not specified, but it must still meet the above + syntactic requirements. + +8.4.3. Examples + + Example of LIST OVERVIEW.FMT output corresponding to the example OVER + output above, in the preferred format: + + [C] LIST OVERVIEW.FMT + [S] 215 Order of fields in overview database. + [S] Subject: + [S] From: + [S] Date: + [S] Message-ID: + [S] References: + [S] :bytes + [S] :lines + [S] Xref:full + [S] Distribution:full + [S] . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 82] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of LIST OVERVIEW.FMT output corresponding to the example OVER + output above, in the alternative format: + + [C] LIST OVERVIEW.FMT + [S] 215 Order of fields in overview database. + [S] Subject: + [S] From: + [S] Date: + [S] Message-ID: + [S] References: + [S] Bytes: + [S] Lines: + [S] Xref:FULL + [S] Distribution:FULL + [S] . + +8.5. HDR + +8.5.1. Usage + + Indicating capability: HDR + + Syntax + HDR field message-id + HDR field range + HDR field + + Responses + + First form (message-id specified) + 225 Headers follow (multi-line) + 430 No article with that message-id + + Second form (range specified) + 225 Headers follow (multi-line) + 412 No newsgroup selected + 423 No articles in that range + + Third form (current article number used) + 225 Headers follow (multi-line) + 412 No newsgroup selected + 420 Current article number is invalid + + Parameters + field Name of field + range Number(s) of articles + message-id Message-id of article + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 83] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +8.5.2. Description + + The HDR command provides access to specific fields from an article + specified by message-id, or from a specified article or range of + articles in the currently selected newsgroup. It MAY take the + information directly from the articles or from the overview database. + In the case of headers, an implementation MAY restrict the use of + this command to a specific list of headers or MAY allow it to be used + with any header; it may behave differently when it is used with a + message-id argument and when it is used with a range or no argument. + + The required field argument is the name of a header with the colon + omitted (e.g., "subject") or the name of a metadata item including + the leading colon (e.g., ":bytes"), and is case insensitive. + + The message-id argument indicates a specific article. The range + argument may be any of the following: + + o An article number. + + o An article number followed by a dash to indicate all following. + + o An article number followed by a dash followed by another article + number. + + If neither is specified, the current article number is used. + + If the information is available, it is returned as a multi-line data + block following the 225 response code and contains one line for each + article in the range that exists. (Note that unless the argument is + a range including a dash, there will be exactly one line in the data + block.) The line consists of the article number, a space, and then + the contents of the field. In the case of a header, the header name, + the colon, and the first space after the colon are all omitted. + + If the article is specified by message-id (the first form of the + command), the article number MUST be replaced with zero, except that + if there is a currently selected newsgroup and the article is present + in that group, the server MAY use the article's number in that group. + (See the ARTICLE command (Section 6.2.1) and STAT examples + (Section 6.2.4.3) for more details.) In the other two forms of the + command, the article number MUST be returned. + + Header contents are modified as follows: all CRLF pairs are removed, + and then each TAB is replaced with a single space. (Note that this + is the same transformation as is performed by the OVER command + (Section 8.3.2), and the same comment concerning NUL, CR, and LF + applies.) + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 84] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Note the distinction between headers and metadata appearing to have + the same meaning. Headers are always taken unchanged from the + article; metadata are always calculated. For example, a request for + "Lines" returns the contents of the "Lines" header of the specified + articles, if any, no matter whether they accurately state the number + of lines, while a request for ":lines" returns the line count + metadata, which is always the actual number of lines irrespective of + what any header may state. + + If the requested header is not present in the article, or if it is + present but empty, a line for that article is included in the output, + but the header content portion of the line is empty (the space after + the article number MAY be retained or omitted). If the header occurs + in a given article more than once, only the content of the first + occurrence is returned by HDR. If any article number in the provided + range does not exist in the group, no line for that article number is + included in the output. + + If the second argument is a message-id and no such article exists, a + 430 response MUST be returned. If the second argument is a range or + is omitted and the currently selected newsgroup is invalid, a 412 + response MUST be returned. If the second argument is a range and no + articles in that number range exist in the currently selected + newsgroup, including the case where the second number is less than + the first one, a 423 response MUST be returned. If the second + argument is omitted and the current article number is invalid, a 420 + response MUST be returned. + + A server MAY only allow HDR commands for a limited set of fields; it + may behave differently in this respect for the first (message-id) + form from how it would for the other forms. If so, it MUST respond + with the generic 503 response to attempts to request other fields, + rather than return erroneous results, such as a successful empty + response. + + If HDR uses the overview database and it is inconsistent for the + requested field, the server MAY return what results it can, or it MAY + respond with the generic 503 response. In the latter case, the field + MUST NOT appear in the output from LIST HEADERS. + + + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 85] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +8.5.3. Examples + + Example of a successful retrieval of subject lines from a range of + articles (3000235 has no Subject header, and 3000236 is missing): + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] HDR Subject 3000234-3000238 + [S] 225 Headers follow + [S] 3000234 I am just a test article + [S] 3000235 + [S] 3000237 Re: I am just a test article + [S] 3000238 Ditto + [S] . + + Example of a successful retrieval of line counts from a range of + articles: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] HDR :lines 3000234-3000238 + [S] 225 Headers follow + [S] 3000234 42 + [S] 3000235 5 + [S] 3000237 11 + [S] 3000238 2378 + [S] . + + Example of a successful retrieval of the subject line from an article + by message-id: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] HDR subject + [S] 225 Header information follows + [S] 0 I am just a test article + [S] . + + Example of a successful retrieval of the subject line from the + current article: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] HDR subject + [S] 225 Header information follows + [S] 3000234 I am just a test article + [S] . + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 86] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of a header from an article by + message-id: + + [C] HDR subject + [S] 430 No Such Article Found + + Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of headers from articles by + number because no newsgroup was selected first: + + [Assumes currently selected newsgroup is invalid.] + [C] HDR subject 300256- + [S] 412 No newsgroup selected + + Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of headers because the currently + selected newsgroup is empty: + + [C] GROUP example.empty.newsgroup + [S] 211 0 0 0 example.empty.newsgroup + [C] HDR subject 1- + [S] 423 No articles in that range + + Example of an unsuccessful retrieval of headers because the server + does not allow HDR commands for that header: + + [C] GROUP misc.test + [S] 211 1234 3000234 3002322 misc.test + [C] HDR Content-Type 3000234-3000238 + [S] 503 HDR not permitted on Content-Type + +8.6. LIST HEADERS + +8.6.1. Usage + + Indicating capability: HDR + + Syntax + LIST HEADERS [MSGID|RANGE] + + Responses + 215 Field list follows (multi-line) + + Parameters + MSGID Requests list for access by message-id + RANGE Requests list for access by range + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 87] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +8.6.2. Description + + See Section 7.6.1 for general requirements of the LIST command. + + The LIST HEADERS command returns a list of fields that may be + retrieved using the HDR command. + + The information is returned as a multi-line data block following the + 215 response code and contains one line for each field name + (excluding the trailing colon for headers and including the leading + colon for metadata items). If the implementation allows any header + to be retrieved, it MUST NOT include any header names in the list but + MUST include the special entry ":" (a single colon on its own). It + MUST still explicitly list any metadata items that are available. + The order of items in the list is not significant; the server need + not even consistently return the same order. The list MAY be empty + (though in this circumstance there is little point in providing the + HDR command). + + An implementation that also supports the OVER command SHOULD at least + permit all the headers and metadata items listed in the output from + the LIST OVERVIEW.FMT command. + + If the server treats the first form of the HDR command (message-id + specified) differently from the other two forms (range specified or + current article number used) in respect of which headers or metadata + items are available, then the following apply: + + o If the MSGID argument is specified, the results MUST be those + available for the first form of the HDR command. + + o If the RANGE argument is specified, the results MUST be those + available for the second and third forms of the HDR command. + + o If no argument is specified, the results MUST be those available + in all forms of the HDR command (that is, it MUST only list those + items listed in both the previous cases). + + If the server does not treat the various forms differently, then it + MUST ignore any argument and always produce the same results (though + not necessarily always in the same order). + + If the HDR command is not implemented, the meaning of the output from + this command is not specified, but it must still meet the above + syntactic requirements. + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 88] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +8.6.3. Examples + + Example of an implementation providing access to only a few headers: + + [C] LIST HEADERS + [S] 215 headers supported: + [S] Subject + [S] Message-ID + [S] Xref + [S] . + + Example of an implementation providing access to the same fields as + the first example in Section 8.4.3: + + [C] CAPABILITIES + [S] 101 Capability list: + [S] VERSION 2 + [S] READER + [S] OVER + [S] HDR + [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS HEADERS OVERVIEW.FMT + [S] . + [C] LIST HEADERS + [S] 215 headers and metadata items supported: + [S] Date + [S] Distribution + [S] From + [S] Message-ID + [S] References + [S] Subject + [S] Xref + [S] :bytes + [S] :lines + [S] . + + Example of an implementation providing access to all headers: + + [C] LIST HEADERS + [S] 215 metadata items supported: + [S] : + [S] :lines + [S] :bytes + [S] :x-article-number + [S] . + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 89] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Example of an implementation distinguishing the first form of the HDR + command from the other two forms: + + [C] LIST HEADERS RANGE + [S] 215 metadata items supported: + [S] : + [S] :lines + [S] :bytes + [S] . + [C] LIST HEADERS MSGID + [S] 215 headers and metadata items supported: + [S] Date + [S] Distribution + [S] From + [S] Message-ID + [S] References + [S] Subject + [S] :lines + [S] :bytes + [S] :x-article-number + [S] . + [C] LIST HEADERS + [S] 215 headers and metadata items supported: + [S] Date + [S] Distribution + [S] From + [S] Message-ID + [S] References + [S] Subject + [S] :lines + [S] :bytes + [S] . + + Note that :x-article-number does not appear in the last set of + output. + +9. Augmented BNF Syntax for NNTP + +9.1. Introduction + + Each of the following sections describes the syntax of a major + element of NNTP. This syntax extends and refines the descriptions + elsewhere in this specification and should be given precedence when + resolving apparent conflicts. Note that ABNF [RFC4234] strings are + case insensitive. Non-terminals used in several places are defined + in a separate section at the end. + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 90] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Between them, the non-terminals , , + , and specify the text that flows + between client and server. A consistent naming scheme is used in + this document for the non-terminals relating to each command, and + SHOULD be used by the specification of registered extensions. + + For each command, the sequence is as follows: + + o The client sends an instance of ; the syntax for the + EXAMPLE command is . + + o If the client is one that immediately streams data, it sends an + instance of ; the syntax for the EXAMPLE + command is . + + o The server sends an instance of . + + * The initial response line is independent of the command that + generated it; if the 000 response has arguments, the syntax of + the initial line is . + + * If the response is multi-line, the initial line is followed by + a . The syntax for the contents of this + block after "dot-stuffing" has been removed is (for the 000 + response to the EXAMPLE command) and + is an instance of . + + o While the latest response is one that indicates more data is + required (in general, a 3xx response): + + * the client sends an instance of ; the + syntax for the EXAMPLE continuation following a 333 response is + ; + + * the server sends another instance of , as above. + + (There are no commands in this specification that immediately stream + data, but this non-terminal is defined for the convenience of + extensions.) + + + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 91] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +9.2. Commands + + This syntax defines the non-terminal , which represents + what is sent from the client to the server (see section 3.1 for + limits on lengths). + + command-line = command EOL + command = X-command + X-command = keyword *(WS token) + + command =/ article-command / + body-command / + capabilities-command / + date-command / + group-command / + hdr-command / + head-command / + help-command / + ihave-command / + last-command / + list-command / + listgroup-command / + mode-reader-command / + newgroups-command / + newnews-command / + next-command / + over-command / + post-command / + quit-command / + stat-command + + article-command = "ARTICLE" [WS article-ref] + body-command = "BODY" [WS article-ref] + capabilities-command = "CAPABILITIES" [WS keyword] + date-command = "DATE" + group-command = "GROUP" [WS newsgroup-name] + hdr-command = "HDR" WS header-meta-name [WS range-ref] + head-command = "HEAD" [WS article-ref] + help-command = "HELP" + ihave-command = "IHAVE" WS message-id + last-command = "LAST" + list-command = "LIST" [WS list-arguments] + listgroup-command = "LISTGROUP" [WS newsgroup-name [WS range]] + mode-reader-command = "MODE" WS "READER" + newgroups-command = "NEWGROUPS" WS date-time + newnews-command = "NEWNEWS" WS wildmat WS date-time + next-command = "NEXT" + over-command = "OVER" [WS range-ref] + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 92] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + post-command = "POST" + quit-command = "QUIT" + stat-command = "STAT" [WS article-ref] + + article-ref = article-number / message-id + date = date2y / date4y + date4y = 4DIGIT 2DIGIT 2DIGIT + date2y = 2DIGIT 2DIGIT 2DIGIT + date-time = date WS time [WS "GMT"] + header-meta-name = header-name / metadata-name + list-arguments = keyword [WS token] + metadata-name = ":" 1*A-NOTCOLON + range = article-number ["-" [article-number]] + range-ref = range / message-id + time = 2DIGIT 2DIGIT 2DIGIT + +9.3. Command Continuation + + This syntax defines the further material sent by the client in the + case of multi-stage commands and those that stream data. + + command-datastream = UNDEFINED + ; not used, provided as a hook for extensions + command-continuation = ihave-335-continuation / + post-340-continuation + + ihave-335-continuation = encoded-article + post-340-continuation = encoded-article + + encoded-article = multi-line-data-block + ; after undoing the "dot-stuffing", this MUST match
+ +9.4. Responses + +9.4.1. Generic Responses + + This syntax defines the non-terminal , which represents the + generic form of responses; that is, what is sent from the server to + the client in response to a or a . + + response = simple-response / multi-line-response + simple-response = initial-response-line + multi-line-response = initial-response-line multi-line-data-block + + initial-response-line = + initial-response-content [SP trailing-comment] CRLF + initial-response-content = X-initial-response-content + X-initial-response-content = 3DIGIT *(SP response-argument) + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 93] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + response-argument = 1*A-CHAR + trailing-comment = *U-CHAR + +9.4.2. Initial Response Line Contents + + This syntax defines the specific initial response lines for the + various commands in this specification (see section 3.1 for limits on + lengths). Only those response codes with arguments are listed. + + initial-response-content =/ response-111-content / + response-211-content / + response-220-content / + response-221-content / + response-222-content / + response-223-content / + response-401-content + + response-111-content = "111" SP date4y time + response-211-content = "211" 3(SP article-number) SP newsgroup-name + response-220-content = "220" SP article-number SP message-id + response-221-content = "221" SP article-number SP message-id + response-222-content = "222" SP article-number SP message-id + response-223-content = "223" SP article-number SP message-id + response-401-content = "401" SP capability-label + +9.4.3. Multi-line Response Contents + + This syntax defines the content of the various multi-line responses; + more precisely, it defines the part of the response in the multi-line + data block after any "dot-stuffing" has been undone. The numeric + portion of each non-terminal name indicates the response code that is + followed by this data. + + multi-line-response-content = article-220-ml-content / + body-222-ml-content / + capabilities-101-ml-content / + hdr-225-ml-content / + head-221-ml-content / + help-100-ml-content / + list-215-ml-content / + listgroup-211-ml-content / + newgroups-231-ml-content / + newnews-230-ml-content / + over-224-ml-content + + article-220-ml-content = article + body-222-ml-content = body + capabilities-101-ml-content = version-line CRLF + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 94] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + *(capability-line CRLF) + hdr-225-ml-content = *(article-number SP hdr-content CRLF) + head-221-ml-content = 1*header + help-100-ml-content = *(*U-CHAR CRLF) + list-215-ml-content = list-content + listgroup-211-ml-content = *(article-number CRLF) + newgroups-231-ml-content = active-groups-list + newnews-230-ml-content = *(message-id CRLF) + over-224-ml-content = *(article-number over-content CRLF) + + active-groups-list = *(newsgroup-name SPA article-number + SPA article-number SPA newsgroup-status CRLF) + hdr-content = *S-NONTAB + hdr-n-content = [(header-name ":" / metadata-name) SP hdr-content] + list-content = body + newsgroup-status = %x79 / %x6E / %x6D / private-status + over-content = 1*6(TAB hdr-content) / + 7(TAB hdr-content) *(TAB hdr-n-content) + private-status = token ; except the values in newsgroup-status + +9.5. Capability Lines + + This syntax defines the generic form of a capability line in the + capabilities list (see Section 3.3.1). + + capability-line = capability-entry + capability-entry = X-capability-entry + X-capability-entry = capability-label *(WS capability-argument) + capability-label = keyword + capability-argument = token + + This syntax defines the specific capability entries for the + capabilities in this specification. + + capability-entry =/ + hdr-capability / + ihave-capability / + implementation-capability / + list-capability / + mode-reader-capability / + newnews-capability / + over-capability / + post-capability / + reader-capability + + hdr-capability = "HDR" + ihave-capability = "IHAVE" + implementation-capability = "IMPLEMENTATION" *(WS token) + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 95] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + list-capability = "LIST" 1*(WS keyword) + mode-reader-capability = "MODE-READER" + newnews-capability = "NEWNEWS" + over-capability = "OVER" [WS "MSGID"] + post-capability = "POST" + reader-capability = "READER" + + version-line = "VERSION" 1*(WS version-number) + version-number = nzDIGIT *5DIGIT + +9.6. LIST Variants + + This section defines more specifically the keywords for the LIST + command and the syntax of the corresponding response contents. + + ; active + list-arguments =/ "ACTIVE" [WS wildmat] + list-content =/ list-active-content + list-active-content = active-groups-list + + + ; active.times + list-arguments =/ "ACTIVE.TIMES" [WS wildmat] + list-content =/ list-active-times-content + list-active-times-content = + *(newsgroup-name SPA 1*DIGIT SPA newsgroup-creator CRLF) + newsgroup-creator = U-TEXT + + + ; distrib.pats + list-arguments =/ "DISTRIB.PATS" + list-content =/ list-distrib-pats-content + list-distrib-pats-content = + *(1*DIGIT ":" wildmat ":" distribution CRLF) + distribution = token + + + ; headers + list-arguments =/ "HEADERS" [WS ("MSGID" / "RANGE")] + list-content =/ list-headers-content + list-headers-content = *(header-meta-name CRLF) / + *((metadata-name / ":") CRLF) + + + ; newsgroups + list-arguments =/ "NEWSGROUPS" [WS wildmat] + list-content =/ list-newsgroups-content + list-newsgroups-content = + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 96] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + *(newsgroup-name WS newsgroup-description CRLF) + newsgroup-description = S-TEXT + + + ; overview.fmt + list-arguments =/ "OVERVIEW.FMT" + list-content =/ list-overview-fmt-content + list-overview-fmt-content = "Subject:" CRLF + "From:" CRLF + "Date:" CRLF + "Message-ID:" CRLF + "References:" CRLF + ( ":bytes" CRLF ":lines" / "Bytes:" CRLF "Lines:") CRLF + *((header-name ":full" / metadata-name) CRLF) + +9.7. Articles + + This syntax defines the non-terminal
, which represents the + format of an article as described in Section 3.6. + + article = 1*header CRLF body + header = header-name ":" [CRLF] SP header-content CRLF + header-content = *(S-CHAR / [CRLF] WS) + body = *(*B-CHAR CRLF) + +9.8. General Non-terminals + + These non-terminals are used at various places in the syntax and are + collected here for convenience. A few of these non-terminals are not + used in this specification but are provided for the consistency and + convenience of extension authors. + + multi-line-data-block = content-lines termination + content-lines = *([content-text] CRLF) + content-text = (".." / B-NONDOT) *B-CHAR + termination = "." CRLF + + article-number = 1*16DIGIT + header-name = 1*A-NOTCOLON + keyword = ALPHA 2*(ALPHA / DIGIT / "." / "-") + message-id = "<" 1*248A-NOTGT ">" + newsgroup-name = 1*wildmat-exact + token = 1*P-CHAR + + wildmat = wildmat-pattern *("," ["!"] wildmat-pattern) + wildmat-pattern = 1*wildmat-item + wildmat-item = wildmat-exact / wildmat-wild + wildmat-exact = %x22-29 / %x2B / %x2D-3E / %x40-5A / %x5E-7E / + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 97] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + UTF8-non-ascii ; exclude ! * , ? [ \ ] + wildmat-wild = "*" / "?" + + base64 = *(4base64-char) [base64-terminal] + base64-char = UPPER / LOWER / DIGIT / "+" / "/" + base64-terminal = 2base64-char "==" / 3base64-char "=" + + ; Assorted special character sets + ; A- means based on US-ASCII, excluding controls and SP + ; P- means based on UTF-8, excluding controls and SP + ; U- means based on UTF-8, excluding NUL CR and LF + ; B- means based on bytes, excluding NUL CR and LF + A-CHAR = %x21-7E + A-NOTCOLON = %x21-39 / %x3B-7E ; exclude ":" + A-NOTGT = %x21-3D / %x3F-7E ; exclude ">" + P-CHAR = A-CHAR / UTF8-non-ascii + U-CHAR = CTRL / TAB / SP / A-CHAR / UTF8-non-ascii + U-NONTAB = CTRL / SP / A-CHAR / UTF8-non-ascii + U-TEXT = P-CHAR *U-CHAR + B-CHAR = CTRL / TAB / SP / %x21-FF + B-NONDOT = CTRL / TAB / SP / %x21-2D / %x2F-FF ; exclude "." + + ALPHA = UPPER / LOWER ; use only when case-insensitive + CR = %x0D + CRLF = CR LF + CTRL = %x01-08 / %x0B-0C / %x0E-1F + DIGIT = %x30-39 + nzDIGIT = %x31-39 + EOL = *(SP / TAB) CRLF + LF = %x0A + LOWER = %x61-7A + SP = %x20 + SPA = 1*SP + TAB = %x09 + UPPER = %x41-5A + UTF8-non-ascii = UTF8-2 / UTF8-3 / UTF8-4 + UTF8-2 = %xC2-DF UTF8-tail + UTF8-3 = %xE0 %xA0-BF UTF8-tail / %xE1-EC 2UTF8-tail / + %xED %x80-9F UTF8-tail / %xEE-EF 2UTF8-tail + UTF8-4 = %xF0 %x90-BF 2UTF8-tail / %xF1-F3 3UTF8-tail / + %xF4 %x80-8F 2UTF8-tail + UTF8-tail = %x80-BF + WS = 1*(SP / TAB) + + The following non-terminals require special consideration. They + represent situations where material SHOULD be restricted to UTF-8, + but implementations MUST be able to cope with other character + encodings. Therefore, there are two sets of definitions for them. + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 98] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Implementations MUST accept any content that meets this syntax: + + S-CHAR = %x21-FF + S-NONTAB = CTRL / SP / S-CHAR + S-TEXT = (CTRL / S-CHAR) *B-CHAR + + and MAY pass such content on unaltered. + + When generating new content or re-encoding existing content, + implementations SHOULD conform to this syntax: + + S-CHAR = P-CHAR + S-NONTAB = U-NONTAB + S-TEXT = U-TEXT + +9.9. Extensions and Validation + + The specification of a registered extension MUST include formal + syntax that defines additional forms for the following non-terminals: + + command + for each new command other than a variant of the LIST command - + the syntax of each command MUST be compatible with the definition + of ; + + command-datastream + for each new command that immediately streams data; + + command-continuation + for each new command that sends further material after the initial + command line - the syntax of each continuation MUST be exactly + what is sent to the server, including any escape mechanisms such + as "dot-stuffing"; + + initial-response-content + for each new response code that has arguments - the syntax of each + response MUST be compatible with the definition of ; + + multi-line-response-content + for each new response code that has a multi-line response - the + syntax MUST show the response after the lines containing the + response code and the terminating octet have been removed and any + "dot-stuffing" undone; + + capability-entry + for each new capability label - the syntax of each entry MUST be + compatible with the definition of ; + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 99] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + list-arguments + for each new variant of the LIST command - the syntax of each + entry MUST be compatible with the definition of ; + + list-content + for each new variant of the LIST command - the syntax MUST show + the response after the lines containing the 215 response code and + the terminating octet have been removed and any "dot-stuffing" + undone. + + The =/ notation of ABNF [RFC4234] and the naming conventions + described in Section 9.1 SHOULD be used for this. + + When the syntax in this specification, or syntax based on it, is + validated, it should be noted that: + + o the non-terminals , , + , , and + describe basic concepts of the + protocol and are not referred to by any other rule; + + o the non-terminal is provided for the convenience of + extension authors and is not referred to by any rule in this + specification; + + o for the reasons given above, the non-terminals , + , and each have two definitions; and + + o the non-terminal is deliberately not defined. + +10. Internationalisation Considerations + +10.1. Introduction and Historical Situation + + RFC 977 [RFC977] was written at a time when internationalisation was + not seen as a significant issue. As such, it was written on the + assumption that all communication would be in ASCII and use only a + 7-bit transport layer, although in practice just about all known + implementations are 8-bit clean. + + Since then, Usenet and NNTP have spread throughout the world. In the + absence of standards for handling the issues of language and + character sets, countries, newsgroup hierarchies, and individuals + have found a variety of solutions that work for them but that are not + necessarily appropriate elsewhere. For example, some have adopted a + default 8-bit character set appropriate to their needs (such as + ISO/IEC 8859-1 in Western Europe or KOI-8 in Russia), others have + used ASCII (either US-ASCII or national variants) in headers but + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 100] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + local 16-bit character sets in article bodies, and still others have + gone for a combination of MIME [RFC2045] and UTF-8. With the + increased use of MIME in email, it is becoming more common to find + NNTP articles containing MIME headers that identify the character set + of the body, but this is far from universal. + + The resulting confusion does not help interoperability. + + One point that has been generally accepted is that articles can + contain octets with the top bit set, and NNTP is only expected to + operate on 8-bit clean transport paths. + +10.2. This Specification + + Part of the role of this present specification is to eliminate this + confusion and promote interoperability as far as possible. At the + same time, it is necessary to accept the existence of the present + situation and not break existing implementations and arrangements + gratuitously, even if they are less than optimal. Therefore, the + current practice described above has been taken into consideration in + producing this specification. + + This specification extends NNTP from US-ASCII [ANSI1986] to UTF-8 + [RFC3629]. Except in the two areas discussed below, UTF-8 (which is + a superset of US-ASCII) is mandatory, and implementations MUST NOT + use any other encoding. + + Firstly, the use of MIME for article headers and bodies is strongly + recommended. However, given widely divergent existing practices, an + attempt to require a particular encoding and tagging standard would + be premature at this time. Accordingly, this specification allows + the use of arbitrary 8-bit data in articles subject to the following + requirements and recommendations. + + o The names of headers (e.g., "From" or "Subject") MUST be in + US-ASCII. + + o Header values SHOULD use US-ASCII or an encoding based on it, such + as RFC 2047 [RFC2047], until such time as another approach has + been standardised. At present, 8-bit encodings (including UTF-8) + SHOULD NOT be used because they are likely to cause + interoperability problems. + + o The character set of article bodies SHOULD be indicated in the + article headers, and this SHOULD be done in accordance with MIME. + + o Where an article is obtained from an external source, an + implementation MAY pass it on and derive data from it (such as the + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 101] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + response to the HDR command), even though the article or the data + does not meet the above requirements. Implementations MUST + transfer such articles and data correctly and unchanged; they MUST + NOT attempt to convert or re-encode the article or derived data. + (Nevertheless, a client or server MAY elect not to post or forward + the article if, after further examination of the article, it deems + it inappropriate to do so.) + + This requirement affects the ARTICLE (Section 6.2.1), BODY + (Section 6.2.3), HDR (Section 8.5), HEAD (Section 6.2.2), IHAVE + (Section 6.3.2), OVER (Section 8.3), and POST (Section 6.3.1) + commands. + + Secondly, the following requirements are placed on the newsgroups + list returned by the LIST NEWSGROUPS command (Section 7.6.6): + + o Although this specification allows UTF-8 for newsgroup names, they + SHOULD be restricted to US-ASCII until a successor to RFC 1036 + [RFC1036] standardises another approach. 8-bit encodings SHOULD + NOT be used because they are likely to cause interoperability + problems. + + o The newsgroup description SHOULD be in US-ASCII or UTF-8 unless + and until a successor to RFC 1036 standardises other encoding + arrangements. 8-bit encodings other than UTF-8 SHOULD NOT be used + because they are likely to cause interoperability problems. + + o Implementations that obtain this data from an external source MUST + handle it correctly even if it does not meet the above + requirements. Implementations (in particular, clients) MUST + handle such data correctly. + +10.3. Outstanding Issues + + While the primary use of NNTP is for transmitting articles that + conform to RFC 1036 (Netnews articles), it is also used for other + formats (see Appendix A). It is therefore most appropriate that + internationalisation issues related to article formats be addressed + in the relevant specifications. For Netnews articles, this is any + successor to RFC 1036. For email messages, it is RFC 2822 [RFC2822]. + + Of course, any article transmitted via NNTP needs to conform to this + specification as well. + + Restricting newsgroup names to UTF-8 is not a complete solution. In + particular, when new newsgroup names are created or a user is asked + to enter a newsgroup name, some scheme of canonicalisation will need + to take place. This specification does not attempt to define that + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 102] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + canonicalization; further work is needed in this area, in conjunction + with the article format specifications. Until such specifications + are published, implementations SHOULD match newsgroup names octet by + octet. It is anticipated that any approved scheme will be applied + "at the edges", and therefore octet-by-octet comparison will continue + to apply to most, if not all, uses of newsgroup names in NNTP. + + In the meantime, any implementation experimenting with UTF-8 + newsgroup names is strongly cautioned that a future specification may + require that those names be canonicalized when used with NNTP in a + way that is not compatible with their experiments. + + Since the primary use of NNTP is with Netnews, and since newsgroup + descriptions are normally distributed through specially formatted + articles, it is recommended that the internationalisation issues + related to them be addressed in any successor to RFC 1036. + +11. IANA Considerations + + This specification requires IANA to keep a registry of capability + labels. The initial contents of this registry are specified in + Section 3.3.4. As described in Section 3.3.3, labels beginning with + X are reserved for private use, while all other names are expected to + be associated with a specification in an RFC on the standards track + or defining an IESG-approved experimental protocol. + + Different entries in the registry MUST use different capability + labels. + + Different entries in the registry MUST NOT use the same command name. + For this purpose, variants distinguished by a second or subsequent + keyword (e.g., "LIST HEADERS" and "LIST OVERVIEW.FMT") count as + different commands. If there is a need for two extensions to use the + same command, a single harmonised specification MUST be registered. + +12. Security Considerations + + This section is meant to inform application developers, information + providers, and users of the security limitations in NNTP as described + by this document. The discussion does not include definitive + solutions to the problems revealed, though it does make some + suggestions for reducing security risks. + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 103] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +12.1. Personal and Proprietary Information + + NNTP, because it was created to distribute network news articles, + will forward whatever information is stored in those articles. + Specification of that information is outside this scope of this + document, but it is likely that some personal and/or proprietary + information is available in some of those articles. It is very + important that designers and implementers provide informative + warnings to users so that personal and/or proprietary information in + material that is added automatically to articles (e.g., in headers) + is not disclosed inadvertently. Additionally, effective and easily + understood mechanisms to manage the distribution of news articles + SHOULD be provided to NNTP Server administrators, so that they are + able to report with confidence the likely spread of any particular + set of news articles. + +12.2. Abuse of Server Log Information + + A server is in the position to save session data about a user's + requests that might identify their reading patterns or subjects of + interest. This information is clearly confidential in nature, and + its handling can be constrained by law in certain countries. People + using this protocol to provide data are responsible for ensuring that + such material is not distributed without the permission of any + individuals that are identifiable by the published results. + +12.3. Weak Authentication and Access Control + + There is no user-based or token-based authentication in the basic + NNTP specification. Access is normally controlled by server + configuration files. Those files specify access by using domain + names or IP addresses. However, this specification does permit the + creation of extensions to NNTP for such purposes; one such extension + is [NNTP-AUTH]. While including such mechanisms is optional, doing + so is strongly encouraged. + + Other mechanisms are also available. For example, a proxy server + could be put in place that requires authentication before connecting + via the proxy to the NNTP server. + +12.4. DNS Spoofing + + Many existing NNTP implementations authorize incoming connections by + checking the IP address of that connection against the IP addresses + obtained via DNS lookups of lists of domain names given in local + configuration files. Servers that use this type of authentication + and clients that find a server by doing a DNS lookup of the server + name rely very heavily on the Domain Name Service, and are thus + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 104] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + generally prone to security attacks based on the deliberate + misassociation of IP addresses and DNS names. Clients and servers + need to be cautious in assuming the continuing validity of an IP + number/DNS name association. + + In particular, NNTP clients and servers SHOULD rely on their name + resolver for confirmation of an IP number/DNS name association, + rather than cache the result of previous host name lookups. Many + platforms already can cache host name lookups locally when + appropriate, and they SHOULD be configured to do so. It is proper + for these lookups to be cached, however, only when the TTL (Time To + Live) information reported by the name server makes it likely that + the cached information will remain useful. + + If NNTP clients or servers cache the results of host name lookups in + order to achieve a performance improvement, they MUST observe the TTL + information reported by DNS. If NNTP clients or servers do not + observe this rule, they could be spoofed when a previously accessed + server's IP address changes. As network renumbering is expected to + become increasingly common, the possibility of this form of attack + will increase. Observing this requirement thus reduces this + potential security vulnerability. + + This requirement also improves the load-balancing behaviour of + clients for replicated servers using the same DNS name and reduces + the likelihood of a user's experiencing failure in accessing sites + that use that strategy. + +12.5. UTF-8 Issues + + UTF-8 [RFC3629] permits only certain sequences of octets and + designates others as either malformed or "illegal". The Unicode + standard identifies a number of security issues related to illegal + sequences and forbids their generation by conforming implementations. + + Implementations of this specification MUST NOT generate malformed or + illegal sequences and SHOULD detect them and take some appropriate + action. This could include the following: + + o Generating a 501 response code. + + o Replacing such sequences by the sequence %xEF.BF.BD, which encodes + the "replacement character" U+FFFD. + + o Closing the connection. + + o Replacing such sequences by a "guessed" valid sequence (based on + properties of the UTF-8 encoding). + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 105] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + In the last case, the implementation MUST ensure that any replacement + cannot be used to bypass validity or security checks. For example, + the illegal sequence %xC0.A0 is an over-long encoding for space + (%x20). If it is replaced by the correct encoding in a command line, + this needs to happen before the command line is parsed into + individual arguments. If the replacement came after parsing, it + would be possible to generate an argument with an embedded space, + which is forbidden. Use of the "replacement character" does not have + this problem, since it is permitted wherever non-US-ASCII characters + are. Implementations SHOULD use one of the first two solutions where + the general structure of the NNTP stream remains intact and SHOULD + close the connection if it is no longer possible to parse it + sensibly. + +12.6. Caching of Capability Lists + + The CAPABILITIES command provides a capability list, which is + information about the current capabilities of the server. Whenever + there is a relevant change to the server state, the results of this + command are required to change accordingly. + + In most situations, the capabilities list in a given server state + will not change from session to session; for example, a given + extension will be installed permanently on a server. Some clients + may therefore wish to remember which extensions a server supports to + avoid the delay of an additional command and response, particularly + if they open multiple connections in the same session. + + However, information about extensions related to security and privacy + MUST NOT be cached, since this could allow a variety of attacks. + + For example, consider a server that permits the use of cleartext + passwords on links that are encrypted but not otherwise: + + [Initial connection set-up completed.] + [S] 200 NNTP Service Ready, posting permitted + [C] CAPABILITIES + [S] 101 Capability list: + [S] VERSION 2 + [S] READER + [S] NEWNEWS + [S] POST + [S] XENCRYPT + [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS + [S] . + [C] XENCRYPT + [Client and server negotiate encryption on the link] + [S] 283 Encrypted link established + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 106] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + [C] CAPABILITIES + [S] 101 Capability list: + [S] VERSION 2 + [S] READER + [S] NEWNEWS + [S] POST + [S] XSECRET + [S] LIST ACTIVE NEWSGROUPS + [S] . + [C] XSECRET fred flintstone + [S] 290 Password for fred accepted + + If the client caches the last capabilities list, then on the next + session it will attempt to use XSECRET on an unencrypted link: + + [Initial connection set-up completed.] + [S] 200 NNTP Service Ready, posting permitted + [C] XSECRET fred flintstone + [S] 483 Only permitted on secure links + + This exposes the password to any eavesdropper. While the primary + cause of this is passing a secret without first checking the security + of the link, caching of capability lists can increase the risk. + + Any security extension should include requirements to check the + security state of the link in a manner appropriate to that extension. + + Caching should normally only be considered for anonymous clients that + do not use any security or privacy extensions and for which the time + required for an additional command and response is a noticeable + issue. + +13. Acknowledgements + + This document is the result of much effort by the present and past + members of the NNTP Working Group, chaired by Russ Allbery and Ned + Freed. It could not have been produced without them. + + The author acknowledges the original authors of NNTP as documented in + RFC 977 [RFC977]: Brian Kantor and Phil Lapsey. + + The author gratefully acknowledges the following: + + o The work of the NNTP committee chaired by Eliot Lear. The + organization of this document was influenced by the last available + version from this working group. A special thanks to Eliot for + generously providing the original machine-readable sources for + that document. + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 107] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + o The work of the DRUMS working group, specifically RFC 1869 + [RFC1869], that drove the original thinking that led to the + CAPABILITIES command and the extensions mechanism detailed in this + document. + + o The authors of RFC 2616 [RFC2616] for providing specific and + relevant examples of security issues that should be considered for + HTTP. Since many of the same considerations exist for NNTP, those + examples that are relevant have been included here with some minor + rewrites. + + o The comments and additional information provided by the following + individuals in preparing one or more of the progenitors of this + document: + + Russ Allbery + Wayne Davison + Chris Lewis + Tom Limoncelli + Eric Schnoebelen + Rich Salz + + This work was motivated by the work of various news reader authors + and news server authors, including those listed below: + + Rick Adams + Original author of the NNTP extensions to the RN news reader and + last maintainer of Bnews. + + Stan Barber + Original author of the NNTP extensions to the news readers that + are part of Bnews. + + Geoff Collyer + Original author of the OVERVIEW database proposal and one of the + original authors of CNEWS. + + Dan Curry + Original author of the xvnews news reader. + + Wayne Davison + Author of the first threading extensions to the RN news reader + (commonly called TRN). + + Geoff Huston + Original author of ANU NEWS. + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 108] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Phil Lapsey + Original author of the UNIX reference implementation for NNTP. + + Iain Lea + Original maintainer of the TIN news reader. + + Chris Lewis + First known implementer of the AUTHINFO GENERIC extension. + + Rich Salz + Original author of INN. + + Henry Spencer + One of the original authors of CNEWS. + + Kim Storm + Original author of the NN news reader. + + Other people who contributed to this document include: + + Matthias Andree + Greg Andruk + Daniel Barclay + Maurizio Codogno + Mark Crispin + Andrew Gierth + Juergen Helbing + Scott Hollenbeck + Urs Janssen + Charles Lindsey + Ade Lovett + David Magda + Ken Murchison + Francois Petillon + Peter Robinson + Rob Siemborski + Howard Swinehart + Ruud van Tol + Jeffrey Vinocur + Erik Warmelink + + The author thanks them all and apologises to anyone omitted. + + Finally, the present author gratefully acknowledges the vast amount + of work put into previous versions by the previous author: + + Stan Barber + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 109] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +14. References + +14.1. Normative References + + [ANSI1986] American National Standards Institute, "Coded Character + Set - 7-bit American Standard Code for Information + Interchange", ANSI X3.4, 1986. + + [RFC977] Kantor, B. and P. Lapsley, "Network News Transfer + Protocol", RFC 977, February 1986. + + [RFC2045] Freed, N. and N. Borenstein, "Multipurpose Internet + Mail Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet + Message Bodies", RFC 2045, November 1996. + + [RFC2047] Moore, K., "MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail + Extensions) Part Three: Message Header Extensions for + Non-ASCII Text", RFC 2047, November 1996. + + [RFC2119] Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate + Requirement Levels", BCP 14, RFC 2119, March 1997. + + [RFC3629] Yergeau, F., "UTF-8, a transformation format of ISO + 10646", STD 63, RFC 3629, November 2003. + + [RFC4234] Crocker, D., Ed. and P. Overell, "Augmented BNF for + Syntax Specifications: ABNF", RFC 4234, October 2005. + + [RFC4648] Josefsson, S., "The Base16, Base32, and Base64 Data + Encodings", RFC 4648, October 2006. + + [TF.686-1] International Telecommunications Union - Radio, + "Glossary, ITU-R Recommendation TF.686-1", + ITU-R Recommendation TF.686-1, October 1997. + +14.2. Informative References + + [NNTP-AUTH] Vinocur, J., Murchison, K., and C. Newman, "Network + News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) Extension for + Authentication", + RFC 4643, October 2006. + + [NNTP-STREAM] Vinocur, J. and K. Murchison, "Network News Transfer + Protocol (NNTP) Extension for Streaming Feeds", + RFC 4644, October 2006. + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 110] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + [NNTP-TLS] Murchison, K., Vinocur, J., and C. Newman, "Using + Transport Layer Security (TLS) with Network News + Transfer Protocol (NNTP)", RFC 4642, October 2006. + + [RFC1036] Horton, M. and R. Adams, "Standard for interchange of + USENET messages", RFC 1036, December 1987. + + [RFC1305] Mills, D., "Network Time Protocol (Version 3) + Specification, Implementation and Analysis", RFC 1305, + March 1992. + + [RFC1869] Klensin, J., Freed, N., Rose, M., Stefferud, E., and D. + Crocker, "SMTP Service Extensions", STD 10, RFC 1869, + November 1995. + + [RFC2616] Fielding, R., Gettys, J., Mogul, J., Frystyk, H., + Masinter, L., Leach, P., and T. Berners-Lee, "Hypertext + Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1", RFC 2616, June 1999. + + [RFC2629] Rose, M., "Writing I-Ds and RFCs using XML", RFC 2629, + June 1999. + + [RFC2822] Resnick, P., "Internet Message Format", RFC 2822, April + 2001. + + [RFC2980] Barber, S., "Common NNTP Extensions", RFC 2980, October + 2000. + + [ROBE1995] Robertson, R., "FAQ: Overview database / NOV General + Information", January 1995. + + There is no definitive copy of this document known to + the author. It was previously posted as the Usenet + article + + [SALZ1992] Salz, R., "Manual Page for wildmat(3) from the INN 1.4 + distribution, Revision 1.10", April 1992. + + There is no definitive copy of this document known to + the author. + + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 111] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +Appendix A. Interaction with Other Specifications + + NNTP is most often used for transferring articles that conform to + RFC 1036 [RFC1036] (such articles are called "Netnews articles" + here). It is also sometimes used for transferring email messages + that conform to RFC 2822 [RFC2822] (such articles are called "email + articles" here). In this situation, articles must conform both to + this specification and to that other one; this appendix describes + some relevant issues. + +A.1. Header Folding + + NNTP allows a header line to be folded (by inserting a CRLF pair) + before any space or TAB character. + + Both email and Netnews articles are required to have at least one + octet other than space or TAB on each header line. Thus, folding can + only happen at one point in each sequence of consecutive spaces or + TABs. Netnews articles are further required to have the header name, + colon, and following space all on the first line; folding may only + happen beyond that space. Finally, some non-conforming software will + remove trailing spaces and TABs from a line. Therefore, it might be + inadvisable to fold a header after a space or TAB. + + For maximum safety, header lines SHOULD conform to the following + syntax rather than to that in Section 9.7. + + + header = header-name ":" SP [header-content] CRLF + header-content = [WS] token *( [CRLF] WS token ) + +A.2. Message-IDs + + Every article handled by an NNTP server MUST have a unique + message-id. For the purposes of this specification, a message-id is + an arbitrary opaque string that merely needs to meet certain + syntactic requirements and is just a way to refer to the article. + + Because there is a significant risk that old articles will be + reinjected into the global Usenet system, RFC 1036 [RFC1036] requires + that message-ids are globally unique for all time. + + This specification states that message-ids are the same if and only + if they consist of the same sequence of octets. Other specifications + may define two different sequences as being equal because they are + putting an interpretation on particular characters. RFC 2822 + [RFC2822] has a concept of "quoted" and "escaped" characters. It + therefore considers the three message-ids: + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 112] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + + <"ab.cd"@example.com> + <"ab.\cd"@example.com> + + as being identical. Therefore, an NNTP implementation handing email + articles must ensure that only one of these three appears in the + protocol and that the other two are converted to it as and when + necessary, such as when a client checks the results of a NEWNEWS + command against an internal database of message-ids. Note that + RFC 1036 [RFC1036] never treats two different strings as being + identical. Its successor (as of the time of writing) restricts the + syntax of message-ids so that, whenever RFC 2822 would treat two + strings as equivalent, only one of them is valid (in the above + example, only the first string is valid). + + This specification does not describe how the message-id of an article + is determined; it may be deduced from the contents of the article or + derived from some external source. If the server is also conforming + to another specification that contains a definition of message-id + compatible with this one, the server SHOULD use those message-ids. A + common approach, and one that SHOULD be used for email and Netnews + articles, is to extract the message-id from the contents of a header + with name "Message-ID". This may not be as simple as copying the + entire header contents; it may be necessary to strip off comments and + undo quoting, or to reduce "equivalent" message-ids to a canonical + form. + + If an article is obtained through the IHAVE command, there will be a + message-id provided with the command. The server MAY either use it + or determine one from the article contents. However, whichever it + does, it SHOULD ensure that, if the IHAVE command is repeated with + the same argument and article, it will be recognized as a duplicate. + + If an article does not contain a message-id that the server can + identify, it MUST synthesize one. This could, for example, be a + simple sequence number or be based on the date and time when the + article arrived. When email or Netnews articles are handled, a + Message-ID header SHOULD be added to ensure global consistency and + uniqueness. + + Note that, because the message-id might not have been derived from + the Message-ID header in the article, the following example is + legitimate (though unusual): + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 113] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + [C] HEAD <45223423@example.com> + [S] 221 0 <45223423@example.com> + [S] Path: pathost!demo!whitehouse!not-for-mail + [S] Message-ID: <1234@example.net> + [S] From: "Demo User" + [S] Newsgroups: misc.test + [S] Subject: I am just a test article + [S] Date: 6 Oct 1998 04:38:40 -0500 + [S] Organization: An Example Net, Uncertain, Texas + [S] . + +A.3. Article Posting + + As far as NNTP is concerned, the POST and IHAVE commands provide the + same basic facilities in a slightly different way. However, they + have rather different intentions. + + The IHAVE command is intended for transmitting conforming articles + between a system of NNTP servers, with all articles perhaps also + conforming to another specification (e.g., all articles are Netnews + articles). It is expected that the client will already have done any + necessary validation (or that it has in turn obtained the article + from a third party that has done so); therefore, the contents SHOULD + be left unchanged. + + In contrast, the POST command is intended for use when an end-user is + injecting a newly created article into a such a system. The article + being transferred might not be a conforming email or Netnews article, + and the server is expected to validate it and, if necessary, to + convert it to the right form for onward distribution. This is often + done by a separate piece of software on the server installation; if + so, the NNTP server SHOULD pass the incoming article to that software + unaltered, making no attempt to filter characters, to fold or limit + lines, or to process the incoming text otherwise. + + The POST command can fail in various ways, and clients should be + prepared to re-send an article. When doing so, however, it is often + important to ensure (as far as possible) that the same message-id is + allocated to both attempts so that the server, or other servers, can + recognize the two articles as duplicates. In the case of email or + Netnews articles, therefore, the posted article SHOULD contain a + header with the name "Message-ID", and the contents of this header + SHOULD be identical on each attempt. The server SHOULD ensure that + two POSTed articles with the same contents for this header are + recognized as identical and that the same message-id is allocated, + whether or not those contents are suitable for use as the message-id. + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 114] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +Appendix B. Summary of Commands + + This section contains a list of every command defined in this + document, ordered by command name and by indicating capability. + + Ordered by command name: + + +-------------------+-----------------------+---------------+ + | Command | Indicating capability | Definition | + +-------------------+-----------------------+---------------+ + | ARTICLE | READER | Section 6.2.1 | + | BODY | READER | Section 6.2.3 | + | CAPABILITIES | mandatory | Section 5.2 | + | DATE | READER | Section 7.1 | + | GROUP | READER | Section 6.1.1 | + | HDR | HDR | Section 8.5 | + | HEAD | mandatory | Section 6.2.2 | + | HELP | mandatory | Section 7.2 | + | IHAVE | IHAVE | Section 6.3.2 | + | LAST | READER | Section 6.1.3 | + | LIST | LIST | Section 7.6.1 | + | LIST ACTIVE.TIMES | LIST | Section 7.6.4 | + | LIST ACTIVE | LIST | Section 7.6.3 | + | LIST DISTRIB.PATS | LIST | Section 7.6.5 | + | LIST HEADERS | HDR | Section 8.6 | + | LIST NEWSGROUPS | LIST | Section 7.6.6 | + | LIST OVERVIEW.FMT | OVER | Section 8.4 | + | LISTGROUP | READER | Section 6.1.2 | + | MODE READER | MODE-READER | Section 5.3 | + | NEWGROUPS | READER | Section 7.3 | + | NEWNEWS | NEWNEWS | Section 7.4 | + | NEXT | READER | Section 6.1.4 | + | OVER | OVER | Section 8.3 | + | POST | POST | Section 6.3.1 | + | QUIT | mandatory | Section 5.4 | + | STAT | mandatory | Section 6.2.4 | + +-------------------+-----------------------+---------------+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 115] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Ordered by indicating capability: + + +-------------------+-----------------------+---------------+ + | Command | Indicating capability | Definition | + +-------------------+-----------------------+---------------+ + | CAPABILITIES | mandatory | Section 5.2 | + | HEAD | mandatory | Section 6.2.2 | + | HELP | mandatory | Section 7.2 | + | QUIT | mandatory | Section 5.4 | + | STAT | mandatory | Section 6.2.4 | + | HDR | HDR | Section 8.5 | + | LIST HEADERS | HDR | Section 8.6 | + | IHAVE | IHAVE | Section 6.3.2 | + | LIST | LIST | Section 7.6.1 | + | LIST ACTIVE | LIST | Section 7.6.3 | + | LIST ACTIVE.TIMES | LIST | Section 7.6.4 | + | LIST DISTRIB.PATS | LIST | Section 7.6.5 | + | LIST NEWSGROUPS | LIST | Section 7.6.6 | + | MODE READER | MODE-READER | Section 5.3 | + | NEWNEWS | NEWNEWS | Section 7.4 | + | OVER | OVER | Section 8.3 | + | LIST OVERVIEW.FMT | OVER | Section 8.4 | + | POST | POST | Section 6.3.1 | + | ARTICLE | READER | Section 6.2.1 | + | BODY | READER | Section 6.2.3 | + | DATE | READER | Section 7.1 | + | GROUP | READER | Section 6.1.1 | + | LAST | READER | Section 6.1.3 | + | LISTGROUP | READER | Section 6.1.2 | + | NEWGROUPS | READER | Section 7.3 | + | NEXT | READER | Section 6.1.4 | + +-------------------+-----------------------+---------------+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 116] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +Appendix C. Summary of Response Codes + + This section contains a list of every response code defined in this + document and indicates whether it is multi-line, which commands can + generate it, what arguments it has, and what its meaning is. + + Response code 100 (multi-line) + Generated by: HELP + Meaning: help text follows. + + Response code 101 (multi-line) + Generated by: CAPABILITIES + Meaning: capabilities list follows. + + Response code 111 + Generated by: DATE + 1 argument: yyyymmddhhmmss + Meaning: server date and time. + + Response code 200 + Generated by: initial connection, MODE READER + Meaning: service available, posting allowed. + + Response code 201 + Generated by: initial connection, MODE READER + Meaning: service available, posting prohibited. + + Response code 205 + Generated by: QUIT + Meaning: connection closing (the server immediately closes the + connection). + + Response code 211 + The 211 response code has two completely different forms, + depending on which command generated it: + + (not multi-line) + Generated by: GROUP + 4 arguments: number low high group + Meaning: group selected. + + (multi-line) + Generated by: LISTGROUP + 4 arguments: number low high group + Meaning: article numbers follow. + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 117] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Response code 215 (multi-line) + Generated by: LIST + Meaning: information follows. + + Response code 220 (multi-line) + Generated by: ARTICLE + 2 arguments: n message-id + Meaning: article follows. + + Response code 221 (multi-line) + Generated by: HEAD + 2 arguments: n message-id + Meaning: article headers follow. + + Response code 222 (multi-line) + Generated by: BODY + 2 arguments: n message-id + Meaning: article body follows. + + Response code 223 + Generated by: LAST, NEXT, STAT + 2 arguments: n message-id + Meaning: article exists and selected. + + Response code 224 (multi-line) + Generated by: OVER + Meaning: overview information follows. + + Response code 225 (multi-line) + Generated by: HDR + Meaning: headers follow. + + Response code 230 (multi-line) + Generated by: NEWNEWS + Meaning: list of new articles follows. + + Response code 231 (multi-line) + Generated by: NEWGROUPS + Meaning: list of new newsgroups follows. + + Response code 235 + Generated by: IHAVE (second stage) + Meaning: article transferred OK. + + Response code 240 + Generated by: POST (second stage) + Meaning: article received OK. + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 118] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Response code 335 + Generated by: IHAVE (first stage) + Meaning: send article to be transferred. + + Response code 340 + Generated by: POST (first stage) + Meaning: send article to be posted. + + Response code 400 + Generic response and generated by initial connection + Meaning: service not available or no longer available (the server + immediately closes the connection). + + Response code 401 + Generic response + 1 argument: capability-label + Meaning: the server is in the wrong mode; the indicated capability + should be used to change the mode. + + Response code 403 + Generic response + Meaning: internal fault or problem preventing action being taken. + + Response code 411 + Generated by: GROUP, LISTGROUP + Meaning: no such newsgroup. + + Response code 412 + Generated by: ARTICLE, BODY, GROUP, HDR, HEAD, LAST, LISTGROUP, + NEXT, OVER, STAT + Meaning: no newsgroup selected. + + Response code 420 + Generated by: ARTICLE, BODY, HDR, HEAD, LAST, NEXT, OVER, STAT + Meaning: current article number is invalid. + + Response code 421 + Generated by: NEXT + Meaning: no next article in this group. + + Response code 422 + Generated by: LAST + Meaning: no previous article in this group. + + Response code 423 + Generated by: ARTICLE, BODY, HDR, HEAD, OVER, STAT + Meaning: no article with that number or in that range. + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 119] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Response code 430 + Generated by: ARTICLE, BODY, HDR, HEAD, OVER, STAT + Meaning: no article with that message-id. + + Response code 435 + Generated by: IHAVE (first stage) + Meaning: article not wanted. + + Response code 436 + Generated by: IHAVE (either stage) + Meaning: transfer not possible (first stage) or failed (second + stage); try again later. + + Response code 437 + Generated by: IHAVE (second stage) + Meaning: transfer rejected; do not retry. + + Response code 440 + Generated by: POST (first stage) + Meaning: posting not permitted. + + Response code 441 + Generated by: POST (second stage) + Meaning: posting failed. + + Response code 480 + Generic response + Meaning: command unavailable until the client has authenticated + itself. + + Response code 483 + Generic response + Meaning: command unavailable until suitable privacy has been + arranged. + + Response code 500 + Generic response + Meaning: unknown command. + + Response code 501 + Generic response + Meaning: syntax error in command. + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 120] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + Response code 502 + Generic response and generated by initial connection + + Meaning for the initial connection and the MODE READER command: + service permanently unavailable (the server immediately closes the + connection). + + Meaning for all other commands: command not permitted (and there + is no way for the client to change this). + + Response code 503 + Generic response + Meaning: feature not supported. + + Response code 504 + Generic response + Meaning: error in base64-encoding [RFC4648] of an argument. + +Appendix D. Changes from RFC 977 + + In general every attempt has been made to ensure that the protocol + specification in this document is compatible with the version + specified in RFC 977 [RFC977] and the various facilities adopted from + RFC 2980 [RFC2980]. However, there have been a number of changes, + some compatible and some not. + + This appendix lists these changes. It is not guaranteed to be + exhaustive or correct and MUST NOT be relied on. + + o A formal syntax specification (Section 9) has been added. + + o The default character set is changed from US-ASCII [ANSI1986] to + UTF-8 [RFC3629] (note that US-ASCII is a subset of UTF-8). This + matter is discussed further in Section 10. + + o All articles are required to have a message-id, eliminating the + "<0>" placeholder used in RFC 977 in some responses. + + o The newsgroup name matching capabilities already documented in + RFC 977 ("wildmats", Section 4) are clarified and extended. The + new facilities (e.g., the use of commas and exclamation marks) are + allowed wherever wildmats appear in the protocol. + + o Support for pipelining of commands (Section 3.5) is made + mandatory. + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 121] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + o The principles behind response codes (Section 3.2) have been + tidied up. In particular: + + * the x8x response code family, formerly used for private + extensions, is now reserved for authentication and privacy + extensions; + + * the x9x response code family, formerly intended for debugging + facilities, are now reserved for private extensions; + + * the 502 and 503 generic response codes (Section 3.2.1) have + been redefined; + + * new 401, 403, 480, 483, and 504 generic response codes have + been added. + + o The rules for article numbering (Section 6) have been clarified + (also see Section 6.1.1.2). + + o The SLAVE command (which was ill-defined) is removed from the + protocol. + + o Four-digit years are permitted in the NEWNEWS (Section 7.4) and + NEWGROUPS (Section 7.3) commands (two-digit years are still + permitted). The optional distribution parameter to these commands + has been removed. + + o The LIST command (Section 7.6.1) is greatly extended; the original + is available as LIST ACTIVE, while new variants include + ACTIVE.TIMES, DISTRIB.PATS, and NEWSGROUPS. A new "m" status flag + is added to the LIST ACTIVE response. + + o A new CAPABILITIES command (Section 5.2) allows clients to + determine what facilities are supported by a server. + + o The DATE command (Section 7.1) is adopted from RFC 2980 + effectively unchanged. + + o The LISTGROUP command (Section 6.1.2) is adopted from RFC 2980. + An optional range argument has been added, and the 211 initial + response line now has the same format as the 211 response from the + GROUP command. + + o The MODE READER command (Section 5.3) is adopted from RFC 2980 and + its meaning and effects clarified. + + o The XHDR command in RFC 2980 has been formalised as the new HDR + (Section 8.5) and LIST HEADERS (Section 8.6) commands. + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 122] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + + o The XOVER command in RFC 2980 has been formalised as the new OVER + (Section 8.3) and LIST OVERVIEW.FMT (Section 8.4) commands. The + former can be applied to a message-id as well as to a range. + + o The concept of article metadata (Section 8.1) has been formalised, + allowing the Bytes and Lines pseudo-headers to be deprecated. + + Client authors should note in particular that lack of support for the + CAPABILITIES command is a good indication that the server does not + support this specification. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 123] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +Author's Address + + Clive D.W. Feather + THUS plc + 322 Regents Park Road + London + N3 2QQ + United Kingdom + + Phone: +44 20 8495 6138 + Fax: +44 870 051 9937 + EMail: clive@demon.net + URI: http://www.davros.org/ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 124] + +RFC 3977 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) October 2006 + + +Full Copyright Statement + +Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2006). + + This document is subject to the rights, licenses and restrictions + contained in BCP 78, and except as set forth therein, the authors + retain all their rights. + + This document and the information contained herein are provided on an + "AS IS" basis and THE CONTRIBUTOR, THE ORGANIZATION HE/SHE REPRESENTS + OR IS SPONSORED BY (IF ANY), THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET + ENGINEERING TASK FORCE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, + INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE + INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED + WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Intellectual Property + + The IETF takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any + Intellectual Property Rights or other rights that might be claimed to + pertain to the implementation or use of the technology described in + this document or the extent to which any license under such rights + might or might not be available; nor does it represent that it has + made any independent effort to identify any such rights. Information + on the procedures with respect to rights in RFC documents can be + found in BCP 78 and BCP 79. + + Copies of IPR disclosures made to the IETF Secretariat and any + assurances of licenses to be made available, or the result of an + attempt made to obtain a general license or permission for the use of + such proprietary rights by implementers or users of this + specification can be obtained from the IETF on-line IPR repository at + http://www.ietf.org/ipr. + + The IETF invites any interested party to bring to its attention any + copyrights, patents or patent applications, or other proprietary + rights that may cover technology that may be required to implement + this standard. Please address the information to the IETF at ietf- + ipr@ietf.org. + +Acknowledgement + + Funding for the RFC Editor function is provided by the IETF + Administrative Support Activity (IASA). + + + + + + + +Feather Standards Track [Page 125] + diff -r ed84c8bdd87b -r c404a87db5b7 doc/RFC3977.pdf Binary file doc/RFC3977.pdf has changed diff -r ed84c8bdd87b -r c404a87db5b7 src/org/sonews/mlgw/Dispatcher.java --- a/src/org/sonews/mlgw/Dispatcher.java Sun Aug 29 17:28:58 2010 +0200 +++ b/src/org/sonews/mlgw/Dispatcher.java Sun Aug 29 17:43:58 2010 +0200 @@ -143,6 +143,11 @@ */ public static boolean toGroup(final Message msg) { + if(msg == null) + { + throw new IllegalArgumentException("Argument 'msg' must not be null!"); + } + try { // Create new Article object @@ -159,14 +164,17 @@ { // Check for duplicate entries of the same group Article oldArticle = StorageManager.current().getArticle(article.getMessageID()); - List oldGroups = oldArticle.getGroups(); - for(Group oldGroup : oldGroups) - { - if(!newsgroups.contains(oldGroup.getName())) + if(oldArticle != null) + { + List oldGroups = oldArticle.getGroups(); + for(Group oldGroup : oldGroups) { - oldgroups.add(oldGroup.getName()); + if(!newsgroups.contains(oldGroup.getName())) + { + oldgroups.add(oldGroup.getName()); + } } - } + } } if(newsgroups.size() > 0) diff -r ed84c8bdd87b -r c404a87db5b7 src/org/sonews/util/Purger.java --- a/src/org/sonews/util/Purger.java Sun Aug 29 17:28:58 2010 +0200 +++ b/src/org/sonews/util/Purger.java Sun Aug 29 17:43:58 2010 +0200 @@ -18,12 +18,12 @@ package org.sonews.util; +import java.util.Date; +import java.util.List; import org.sonews.daemon.AbstractDaemon; import org.sonews.config.Config; import org.sonews.storage.Article; import org.sonews.storage.Headers; -import java.util.Date; -import java.util.List; import org.sonews.storage.Channel; import org.sonews.storage.Group; import org.sonews.storage.StorageBackendException;